summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/60970-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/60970-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/60970-0.txt9758
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9758 deletions
diff --git a/old/60970-0.txt b/old/60970-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cf996c9..0000000
--- a/old/60970-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9758 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Ben Bruce, by Horatio Alger
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Ben Bruce
- Scenes in the Life of a Bowery Newsboy
-
-Author: Horatio Alger
-
-Illustrator: J. Watson Davis
-
-Release Date: December 20, 2019 [EBook #60970]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEN BRUCE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Sue Clark, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: “Why, Ben, how came you here?” and looking up Ben
-recognized his cousin Adelbert.--Page 58. _Ben Bruce._]
-
-
-
-
- BEN BRUCE.
-
- SCENES IN THE LIFE OF A
- BOWERY NEWSBOY.
-
- BY HORATIO ALGER, JR.,
-
- _Author of “Joe’s Luck,” “Tom the Bootblack,” “Dan the
- Newsboy,” “The Errand Boy,” etc., etc._
-
- WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. WATSON DAVIS.
-
- A. L. BURT COMPANY,
- PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1892, by FRANK A. MUNSEY.
-
- Copyright, 1901, by A. L. BURT.
-
- BEN BRUCE.
- By HORATIO ALGER, JR.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. BEN AND HIS STEPFATHER 1
-
- II. BEN WITNESSES AN EXPLOSION 9
-
- III. MR. WINTER’S SAVINGS BANK 13
-
- IV. AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER 21
-
- V. A MIDNIGHT CALL 29
-
- VI. A DISAPPOINTED BURGLAR 34
-
- VII. BEN FORMS A SUDDEN DETERMINATION 42
-
- VIII. BEN ARRIVES IN BOSTON 51
-
- IX. BEN BECOMES A HERO 60
-
- X. BEN DINES IN MT. VERNON STREET 68
-
- XI. BEN HAS A NARROW ESCAPE 76
-
- XII. A NEW ACQUAINTANCE 84
-
- XIII. BEN IS INTRODUCED TO A POET 93
-
- XIV. THINGS AT WRAYBURN 102
-
- XV. BEN GETS EMPLOYMENT 111
-
- XVI. BEN VISITS MR. SIMPSON 120
-
- XVII. RIVALS IN BUSINESS 129
-
- XVIII. REHEARSING 133
-
- XIX. BEN MAKES HIS DÉBUT 146
-
- XX. BEN’S LETTER HOME 155
-
- XXI. BEN MEETS WITH A LOSS 164
-
- XXII. GEORGE GRAYSON COMES TO GRIEF 173
-
- XXIII. A STRANGE ADVENTURE 177
-
- XXIV. BEN PLAYS A PART 181
-
- XXV. THE MYSTERY DEEPENS 189
-
- XXVI. BEN’S STRANGE PROSPERITY 198
-
- XXVII. MRS. HARCOURT’S SUDDEN RESOLUTION 206
-
- XXVIII. BEN MAKES SOME TITLED FRIENDS 215
-
- XXIX. THE MORDAUNT FAMILY 223
-
- XXX. BEN’S PROGRESS 231
-
- XXXI. UNWELCOME NEWS 239
-
- XXXII. JACOB WINTER 247
-
- XXXIII. A STARTLING INCIDENT 255
-
- XXXIV. MRS. HARCOURT’S LETTER 263
-
- XXXV. BASIL WENTWORTH REACHES GENEVA 271
-
- XXXVI. MR. SNODGRASS SUGGESTS AN INVESTMENT 280
-
- XXXVII. FRANK MORDAUNT 288
-
- XXXVIII. BEN OVERHEARS AN IMPORTANT CONVERSATION 294
-
- XXXIX. BEN CONSULTS A LAWYER 300
-
- XL. CONCLUSION 309
-
-
-
-
-BEN BRUCE:
-
-SCENES IN THE LIFE OF A BOWERY NEWSBOY.
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-BEN AND HIS STEPFATHER.
-
-
-“Come here, you, sir!”
-
-These words were spoken in a stern voice by Jacob Winter, and
-emphasized by a heavy frown. The speaker was rather an undersized man,
-with a rugged, weather-beaten face. He had seen but fifty years, though
-his wrinkles and bowed shoulders indicated ten more.
-
-The boy addressed had a bright, intelligent face and a fearless look.
-Ben Bruce detected the danger signals in the tone and face of his
-stepfather, but without a sign of hesitation he walked up to the
-farmer, and responded, “Here I am, sir.”
-
-The man seemed aching to lay hold of the fearless boy, but something in
-his steadfast look appeared to deter him.
-
-“Ain’t you ashamed of yourself, sir?” exploded Jacob Winters.
-
-“Please let me know what I am to be ashamed of, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“Ez if you didn’t know,” ejaculated Jacob.
-
-“I don’t know.”
-
-“Then I’ll tell you. Yesterday when I was away drivin’ your mother to
-the sewin’ circle two tramps came to the door, and you took it upon
-yourself to give ’em a loaf of bread and a pint of milk. Deny it if you
-dare!”
-
-“I don’t deny it,” answered Ben boldly.
-
-“You don’t!”
-
-“No, why should I?”
-
-“That’s the way my substance is wasted on the shiftless and
-undeservin’!”
-
-“Mr. Winter, the two tramps, as you call them, were hungry, thin,
-and miserable. The man looked as if he had just got up from a fit of
-sickness. The boy was about ten and looked pale and famished. Wouldn’t
-you have given them something if you had been in my place?”
-
-“No, I wouldn’t,” snarled Jacob.
-
-“Then it seems to me you are the one that ought to feel ashamed.”
-
-“What? what?” gasped Jacob, aghast. “You dare to stand there, Benjamin
-Bruce, and tell me to my face that I’d ought to be ashamed. You a mere
-boy, and I your stepfather!”
-
-“I can’t help it if you are my stepfather. I’m sorry enough for it. If
-my mother had taken my advice she wouldn’t have married you.”
-
-“Wuss and wuss!” ejaculated Jacob. “I didn’t know you was such a bad
-boy. You’ll come to the gallows some day, see if you don’t!”
-
-“Look here, Mr. Winter; you call yourself a Christian, don’t you?”
-
-“Of course I do. I’ve been a member of the church for nine and thirty
-years.”
-
-“And you believe in the Bible, don’t you?”
-
-“I won’t answer your impudent question.”
-
-“Yet,” continued Ben, “you blame me for feeding the hungry.”
-
-“You fed ’em with my provisions,” snarled Jacob.
-
-“Well, I’ll make it up to you. I’ll go without my supper.”
-
-“You’ve a mighty independent way of talkin’, Benjamin Bruce, you that I
-feed and clothe.”
-
-“I do work enough to pay for my keeping, Mr. Winter. Besides, you
-forget that you have got my mother’s money, which if she hadn’t married
-you would have been part mine.”
-
-Jacob Winter winced. It was true that Mrs. Bruce had brought him two
-thousand dollars, which he had coolly deposited to his own account in a
-savings bank.
-
-“That ain’t any of your business,” he said. “Now go out and feed
-the cows, and mind you don’t throw away any of my substance agin on
-beggars.”
-
-Ben left the room without a reply, but his lip curled, for he
-thoroughly despised his stepfather for his meanness.
-
-On the way to the barn he fell in with his mother, who was returning
-from the village.
-
-“What’s the matter, Ben?” she said, for she saw signs of disturbance in
-her son’s face.
-
-“I have had a little conversation with Mr. Winter.”
-
-“Did he--scold you?”
-
-“Yes, because I gave some bread and milk to two poor people who called
-at the door yesterday. Mother, if there’s a mean man in the world, it
-is Jacob Winter.”
-
-“Hush, Ben! Don’t speak so of your stepfather.”
-
-“Mother, why did you marry him? Why did you make him my stepfather?”
-
-Mrs. Winter looked troubled.
-
-“I--I thought it was for the best, Ben,” she faltered. “We had so
-little, and he was rich.”
-
-“Then you didn’t marry him from affection?”
-
-“No, no; he understood that.”
-
-“I am glad of that, mother. You made a mistake.”
-
-“It may be so, but I must make the best of it.”
-
-“We could have got along on what money you had and what I could earn,
-and we should have been far happier by ourselves, mother.”
-
-“Don’t say any more. The past cannot be recalled.”
-
-“You mustn’t blame me if I don’t stay here very long, mother. I can’t
-stand Mr. Winter and his mean, tyrannical ways.”
-
-“Oh, Ben, you wouldn’t go away and leave me?”
-
-“If I do it will only be that I may get on in the world, and offer you
-a better home than you have now.”
-
-“But you are only a boy, only fifteen years old. You must stay here
-till you have got an education. You have graduated from the grammar
-school, and are now ready for the high school.”
-
-“I don’t think Mr. Winter will allow me to go.”
-
-“Why do you say that?”
-
-“Because Albert Graham heard Mr. Winter tell his father that he thought
-I had education enough, and he was going to keep me at home to work on
-the farm.”
-
-“Are you sure of that?” asked Mrs. Winter in agitation.
-
-“Yes; I know Albert wouldn’t say so if it wasn’t so.”
-
-“But he promised me when we married that you should have a good
-education.”
-
-“He doesn’t always keep his promises.”
-
-“If he hadn’t agreed to this I wouldn’t have married him.”
-
-“Then I wish he hadn’t agreed to it. You will see that I am right. Next
-Monday the high school will begin its term.”
-
-“Why don’t you go and fodder the cows, as I told you?” came in a shrill
-voice from an open window.
-
-Mother and son looked toward it and saw the frowning face of Jacob
-Winter peering out.
-
-“I was talking to my mother,” answered Ben.
-
-“You’d better wait till you have more time,” growled the farmer.
-
-Ben did not reply, but went on his way to the barn, while Mrs. Winter
-entered the house.
-
-“Mrs. Winter,” said her husband fretfully, “that boy of yours is
-gettin’ very impudent and sassy.”
-
-“I hadn’t observed it,” she answered coldly.
-
-“You’re his mother, and you think he’s an angel.”
-
-“There are no angels in this house, Mr. Winter,” said his wife
-significantly.
-
-“Is that meant as a personal reflection on me, Mrs. Winter?”
-
-“No more than on myself.”
-
-“Well, well, I am glad you didn’t mean any offense. But I’m serious
-about Ben. I’ve left him in your hands too long. I’m goin’ to manage
-him myself now.”
-
-“Then, Mr. Winter, I have one thing to say. Ben is not a bad boy, but
-he has spirit, and if you undertake to drive him he will be sure to
-rebel.”
-
-“You needn’t worry about that, Mrs. W. He ain’t nothing but a boy, and
-if I can’t manage him I’ll give up.”
-
-“He may be nothing but a boy, but he has his rights. You must bear in
-mind your promise to me before we married.”
-
-“What promise do you refer to, Mrs. W.?”
-
-“That he should have an education.”
-
-“Well, ain’t he been to school ever since, and now he’s gradooated.”
-
-“At the grammar school. He is now ready for the high school.”
-
-“He ain’t a-goin’ to the high school.”
-
-“Do you mean that, Mr. Winter?” said his wife with an angry flush upon
-her cheek.
-
-“Certainly I do. He’s got to work on the farm. He knows all he need to.
-He’s as well eddicated as I am.”
-
-“I admit that, but----”
-
-“Say no more, Mrs. W. I’ve put my foot down, and the thing is settled.
-He shan’t go to the high school.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-BEN WITNESSES AN EXPLOSION.
-
-
-After attending to his chores, Ben decided to take a walk--not in the
-direction of the village, but away from it. A quarter of a mile to the
-westward there was a river with a rapid current which had yielded Ben
-plenty of enjoyment in the way of fishing and boating.
-
-Across from shore to shore was a dam, by means of which the water was
-made available for a factory for the manufacture of leather board. The
-superintendent of this factory, a Mr. Foster, was one of Ben’s special
-friends.
-
-Ben overtook the superintendent sauntering along beside the river.
-
-“How are you, Ben?” said the superintendent kindly.
-
-“Very well, thank you, Mr. Foster.”
-
-“You are going to the high school next term, I suppose.”
-
-“I expected to do so, but I am likely to be disappointed.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“My stepfather, Jacob Winter, is not in favor of my going.”
-
-“What is his reason?”
-
-“I suppose he wants me to work on the farm.”
-
-“And you don’t like farming?”
-
-“No. I hope you won’t think I don’t like work, Mr. Foster, for I enjoy
-nothing better; but to work on a farm, and especially under Mr. Winter,
-would be very disagreeable to me.”
-
-“How would you like to work in the factory?”
-
-“Much better than on the farm, but I will say frankly that I have not
-secured the education which I desire, and I shall be much disappointed
-if I can’t go to the high school.”
-
-“You were always fond of study, Ben. My boys don’t care much for it.
-Well, I suppose tastes differ. Have you ever thought of your future?”
-
-“I have thought of it a good deal. A good many things will be open to
-me if I am well educated, which would otherwise be closed to me.”
-
-“I see, and I understand why you want a better education.”
-
-“I am not likely to get it, however. If the choice lies between working
-on a farm and working in your factory, I will work for you if I can
-get the chance. The wages I got would hire a boy to work on the farm,
-and there are boys who would be willing to do it.”
-
-“We employ about thirty at present, but I could make room for a boy of
-your age and ability. What pay would you want?”
-
-“It is for you to fix that.”
-
-“I might give you five dollars a week to begin with.”
-
-“That would be satisfactory. Would I be preparing myself for higher
-work?”
-
-“Yes, I would put you in the way of that.”
-
-“I would certainly rather work for you than for Mr. Winter.”
-
-“I am to consider that a compliment, I suppose?”
-
-“Yes, but not much of a one. Any one would be better than Jacob Winter.”
-
-“Man proposes, but God disposes.” Even while they were talking unseen
-forces were at work which were to defeat all their plans. Suddenly, as
-they stood on the river bank, a strange rumbling noise was heard, and
-before their astonished eyes there rose into the air fragments of wood
-mingled with stones and dirt, like a volcanic eruption.
-
-“Good Heavens!” exclaimed the superintendent in great excitement, “the
-dam has been undermined and blown up!”
-
-“But how?”
-
-“It must be by dynamite or giant powder.”
-
-“But who could have done it?”
-
-“I dismissed two workmen two weeks since. They must have done it from
-revenge.”
-
-“And what will be the consequence?”
-
-“The factory must shut down till the dam is rebuilt.”
-
-“And then ends my hopes of employment under you?”
-
-“I am sorry to say--yes.”
-
-“I wish that were all the harm likely to come of it. Will it take long
-to repair the dam?”
-
-“A good while, I fear.”
-
-“At any rate, one thing I am resolved upon. I won’t work for Mr.
-Winter. I will run away first.”
-
-Ben’s face assumed a look of resolution as he left the superintendent
-and wended his way back to the farmhouse.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-MR. WINTER’S SAVINGS BANK.
-
-
-There was very little conversation at the supper table after Ben
-had told the story of the explosion. Mrs. Winter was indignant at
-her husband’s breaking his promise to her that Ben should receive a
-thorough education. She had not yet had an opportunity to tell Ben,
-but she did so after the meal, when Mr. Winter had gone out to visit a
-neighbor.
-
-“Ben,” she said, “you are not to go to the high school.”
-
-“Who says so, mother?”
-
-“Mr. Winter.”
-
-“Does he give any reason?”
-
-“He says you have had education enough, that you are as well educated
-as himself.”
-
-“Did he say _educated_?” asked Ben with a twinkle in his eye.
-
-“Well, he said ‘eddicated,’” responded his mother with a faint smile.
-
-“So, I suppose. He is right there. I should be very sorry if I hadn’t
-as much education as he. He cares more for money than books, and
-always did.”
-
-“I am very sorry, Ben.”
-
-“So am I. I need education to help me succeed in life. I suppose he
-expects me to stay at home and help him on the farm.”
-
-“So he says.”
-
-“Then,” said Ben quietly, “he will be disappointed.”
-
-“But Ben, what can you do?”
-
-“I can leave home and seek my fortune elsewhere.”
-
-Mrs. Winter looked very sober.
-
-“I don’t believe you know what you are undertaking, Ben,” she said.
-“You will have a hard time.”
-
-“I expect to--at first.”
-
-“Besides Mr. Winter won’t let you go, I am afraid.”
-
-“He can’t stop me. I would rather stay at home if he would let me go to
-the high school.”
-
-“I don’t think I can persuade him to do that.”
-
-“Then, mother, I must leave you.”
-
-“Don’t go without letting me know.”
-
-“I won’t, mother, I will let him know too. I am not going to run away.
-I’ll give him fair warning of my intention. Now, mother, if you’ll
-excuse me I’ll go over and tell Albert Graham about my plans.”
-
-Albert lived not more than half a mile away. He was about as old as
-Ben, but at least two inches shorter. The two were great chums. To him
-Ben communicated his purpose.
-
-“Where do you talk of going?” asked Albert.
-
-“To New York.”
-
-“Ain’t you afraid to go alone to such a big city?”
-
-“No; why should I be?”
-
-“There are a good many bad people there, I’ve heard.”
-
-“And still more good people. I think I shall have a better chance in a
-large city than in the country.”
-
-“How far away is New York?”
-
-“It is a little more than two hundred miles from Boston.”
-
-“And we are fifty miles from Boston. Won’t it cost a good deal to go
-there?”
-
-“No; there is a rivalry between the steamboat lines and the fare has
-been put down to one dollar.”
-
-This statement, which may surprise some of my readers, was strictly
-correct. For a short time, some years ago, it was possible to travel
-between these two cities for this small sum.
-
-“It will cost a dollar and a quarter to get to Boston from here.”
-
-“I know it.”
-
-“Are you well provided with money, Ben?”
-
-“Not very.”
-
-“Then I tell you what I’ll do. I’ll lend you five dollars.”
-
-“But how do you happen to have as much, Albert?”
-
-“You know I rode as a jockey at the last agricultural fair. I was to
-get ten dollars if I succeeded in winning the race, and you know I did
-win.”
-
-“Yes, I know.”
-
-“So I can lend you the money as well as not.”
-
-“You are a good fellow, Albert, but I don’t think I ought to take the
-money.”
-
-“Oh, you can pay it back--with interest, if you insist upon it.”
-
-“Thank you, Albert. I won’t refuse so kind an offer. My mother would
-let me have the money, but she was foolish enough when she married to
-give all she had to Mr. Winter, and now he doles her out a quarter at
-a time, and she has to ask for that. You won’t hardly believe me,
-Albert, but she hasn’t had a new dress for a year.”
-
-“I can believe it fast enough. Jacob Winter is the meanest man I ever
-heard of, and everybody in town says so. I don’t blame you at all for
-leaving him. Won’t you be sorry to be away from your mother?”
-
-“I can’t tell you how much I shall miss her, Albert,” answered Ben,
-gravely, “but I hope to provide her a better home some day. I can’t do
-it by staying here. You must go over and see her some time, Albert.”
-
-“So I will. Of course you will write to me.”
-
-“Yes, if I have any good news.”
-
-“By the way, Ben, how much money did your mother have?”
-
-“Two thousand dollars.”
-
-“And she handed it all over to old Winter? Excuse my speaking so
-disrespectfully of your stepfather.”
-
-“That won’t worry me any.”
-
-“I suppose Mr. Winter is worth a good deal of money?”
-
-“I suppose so, but I don’t want any of it. I only wish mother had back
-what she brought him and could go with me to New York.”
-
-“By the way, Ben, have you any idea what Mr. Winter does with his
-money?”
-
-“I suppose he puts it in the banks. I never thought much about the
-matter.”
-
-“Probably he does put some there, but I heard that he was rather afraid
-of banks. Some years ago a savings bank failed and he lost fifty
-dollars, so I heard.”
-
-“That accounts for it.”
-
-“Accounts for what?”
-
-“For what I am going to tell you. Last Wednesday evening I was crossing
-the four-acre lot--a part of Mr. Winter’s farm--when I saw him coming
-across the field with a box in his hand. It was rather dark, so he
-could not see me very well, for you know he is short-sighted.
-
-“I had a curiosity to find out what he was going to do, so I followed
-him. Oh, I forgot to say that he had a spade in his hand. Well, when he
-got to the big oak tree about the center of the place he halted. There
-was a smaller tree near by, and I hid behind it so I could see what he
-was doing.”
-
-“What did he do?” asked Ben, who was by this time intensely interested.
-
-“He began to dig, and kept on till he had dug a hole about two feet
-deep. Then he took the box and put it down in the hole and covered it
-up with dirt. After finishing he got a little brushwood and laid it
-down careless like over the spot so as to hide the dirt, and then went
-away, without knowing that any one had seen him.”
-
-“What do you think was in the box, Albert?” asked Ben, in excitement.
-
-“Money,” answered Albert, sententiously. “It may have been gold or
-silver or bills. I didn’t see the contents of the box and so of course
-I can’t tell.”
-
-“It seems to me he was very foolish to put his money there.”
-
-“So I think, but he was scared by the failure of the savings bank and
-was afraid to trust them any more.”
-
-“The money would be safer in any savings bank than in a hole where
-anybody could dig it up.”
-
-“That’s the way I feel about it. I wonder if that is the only hiding
-place he has for his gold.”
-
-“Albert, when it gets a little darker suppose we go out to see the
-place. I feel some curiosity on the subject.”
-
-“All right, Ben, I’ll go. Just go round to the store with me. I have a
-few things to buy for mother. Then we’ll start across the fields.”
-
-“All right.”
-
-When they reached Albert’s house from the store it was too early for
-their expedition. So Albert proposed a game of checkers. They played
-two, and when the second was completed the church clock pealed out the
-hour of nine.
-
-“We must go at once or it will be too late,” said Ben.
-
-“It isn’t very far.”
-
-They went out of the house and struck across the fields.
-
-“This is just about the hour I came last Wednesday evening,” said
-Albert.
-
-They neared the tree, when suddenly Albert uttered an exclamation:
-
-“By gracious, Ben,” he said, clutching his companion by the arm, “if
-there isn’t old Winter coming again. He hasn’t got a box, but he has
-a spade in his hand. I wonder what he’s up to now. Come with me, and
-we’ll get behind the other tree and watch. Don’t cough or make any
-noise. We don’t want him to see us.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-AN EXCITING ENCOUNTER.
-
-
-From their place of concealment the two boys watched attentively. They
-were rather mystified as to Mr. Winter’s intentions. It occurred to
-them, however, that he might have in his pocket some gold coins to add
-to the hoard underneath.
-
-At any rate he began to dig, occasionally pausing to rest, for he was
-not very robust, and the labor of digging affected his back.
-
-At last he reached the box, and getting down on his knees, pulled it
-out of the hole.
-
-He raised the cover and began to count the contents. These contents
-consisted entirely of gold pieces.
-
-In a low voice, which, however, was audible to the boys, he counted
-“Ninety-six, ninety-seven, ninety-eight, ninety-nine.”
-
-Then in an alarmed tone he added: “There’s one short. There ought to be
-a hundred, making five hundred dollars--can any one have found the box
-and taken one out? I’ll count again.”
-
-Once more he counted, and this time he made full number, much to his
-relief.
-
-Then from his vest-pocket he drew out two more gold pieces and added
-them to the pile.
-
-“That makes a hundred and two,” he said in a tone of satisfaction.
-
-He was preparing to replace the box in its place of concealment when
-something unexpected happened.
-
-An ill-looking fellow, a tramp in appearance, who had crept up without
-being observed either by Mr. Winter or the boys, suddenly sprang out
-from behind a large tree, and throwing himself upon the old farmer
-tried to pull the box from him.
-
-“Gimme that money, old man!” he cried in a hoarse voice, “or I’ll kill
-ye!”
-
-Jacob Winter uttered a cry of dismay, but he clung to the box.
-
-“Go away!” he gasped. “It’s my money. I’ll have yer arrested.”
-
-“Go ahead and do it, but I’ll take the money first.”
-
-The fellow’s fierce face was distinctly seen by the boys. He was a man
-of about thirty, with a coarse sensual look and blotched skin, the
-result, doubtless, of intemperate habits.
-
-[Illustration: An ill-looking fellow suddenly sprang out from behind a
-tree and throwing himself upon the old farmer, tried to pull the box
-from him.--Page 22. _Ben Bruce._]
-
-“Go away, you robber!” ejaculated the farmer, clinging to his treasure
-with the energy of despair. He was evidently more afraid of losing
-that than of receiving bodily injury, though the wicked eyes of his
-assailant might well have inspired physical apprehension.
-
-The conflict was unequal. Mr. Winter was probably sixty years of age,
-while his assailant was only half that, and was a larger man in every
-way.
-
-“Look here, old man,” said the tramp, angered by the farmer’s
-resistance, “you’d better give up your money or you’ll get hurt!”
-
-“I’ll send you to jail!” shrieked Jacob Winter.
-
-“Maybe you will, if I don’t get away too quick,” laughed the tramp.
-
-“Aren’t you ashamed to rob a poor old man?”
-
-“Oh, I guess you’ve got some more money. You won’t die in the
-poorhouse.”
-
-By this time the man had got the box into his hands, and now prepared
-to walk off with it.
-
-“Help! help!” shrieked the farmer.
-
-The tramp laughed.
-
-“There ain’t no help near,” he said. “Go home and go to bed, and thank
-your lucky stars I didn’t brain ye.”
-
-The two boys had listened in a fever of excitement. Neither liked Jacob
-Winter, but all their sympathies were with him. There was something
-coarse and repulsive about the tramp, and they could not bear to have
-him succeed.
-
-“Are we going to stand this, Albert?” whispered Ben.
-
-“No.”
-
-“Stand by me, and I’ll do what I can.”
-
-Ben had already espied the spade, and had made up his mind what he
-would do with it.
-
-He sprang out from behind the tree, dashed forward and seized the
-implement without being heard by the tramp. With a look toward Albert,
-whose help he expected to need, he made another rush forward and
-fetched the unsuspecting robber a blow upon the back of his head.
-
-Though it was a boy’s blow it was a heavy one, and with a cry of dismay
-the tramp dropped the box and raised his hand to the injured spot.
-Albert ran up, seized the box, and darted back.
-
-“Wha--what’s all this?” exclaimed the tramp, turning back.
-
-Knowing nothing of the presence of the boys he was under the impression
-that the old man had made the attack. He saw Jacob Winter looking as
-much amazed as he felt himself. Then observing the two boys, he quickly
-comprehended what had taken place.
-
-“Why you young cubs!” he cried, his face looking fiercer and more
-threatening, “you must be crazy. I’ll kill ye both.”
-
-He sprang towards Albert Graham, for it was Albert who held the box of
-treasure, and was about to make an attack upon him. But he failed to
-take account of Ben, who was still armed with the dangerous spade.
-
-Now Ben’s blood was up, and he was ready to carry on hostilities. He
-had no intention of deserting his young comrade.
-
-He rushed up and dealt the tramp another blow, heavier than the first,
-that literally laid him out. He sank to the ground stunned, and
-temporarily lost consciousness.
-
-“Now, Mr. Winter,” said Ben, who seemed naturally to take command,
-“take the box and go to the house as quick as you can. I have stunned
-the robber, but he’ll come to in a short time and then we shall be in
-danger. Albert, come with us.”
-
-Jacob Winter said nothing, but it was clear that he considered the
-advice good. He grasped the box and started for home on a half run,
-followed by the two boys. Not a word was said till they reached the
-farmyard.
-
-Then as he stopped to wipe the perspiration from his face, he
-ejaculated, “Boys, this is terrible.”
-
-“So it is,” said Ben, “but we’ve saved the money.”
-
-“Do you think you--you killed him?” asked Jacob, with a shudder.
-
-“No, I only stunned him. If I hadn’t we’d have all been in danger.”
-
-“He’s an awful man--looks as if he’d escaped from State’s prison.”
-
-“If he hasn’t he’s likely to go there. It’s lucky we were there or
-you’d have lost your money.”
-
-“How did you happen to be there?” asked the farmer, beginning to be
-curious.
-
-“You see Albert and I were taking a walk. He was going to see me part
-way home.”
-
-“You weren’t spying on me, were you?” asked Jacob in a tone of
-suspicion. “It kind of looks like that.”
-
-“No matter what it looks like, Mr. Winter, it was lucky for you that we
-were around. That’s all I’ve got to say.”
-
-“Well, mebbe it was; mebbe it was.”
-
-“But, Mr. Winter, don’t you think it’s risky putting your money in
-such a place? Some one would be sure to find it sooner or later.”
-
-“I won’t put it there again,” muttered Jacob. “Do you--see anythin’ of
-that man? Your eyes are better than mine.”
-
-“No, I don’t see him. I don’t believe he would dare to follow us as far
-as the house.”
-
-“I’ll go and report him to the constable first thing to-morrow mornin’.
-I don’t feel safe with such a man ’round. It’s gettin’ late, Ben. We’d
-better be gettin’ to bed.”
-
-“Albert, won’t you sleep with me to-night? I don’t like to have you go
-home alone. You might meet the tramp.”
-
-“Yes, I guess I’ll stay, Ben. Mother won’t be frightened. She’ll know I
-stayed with you.”
-
-“Yes, Albert, you can stay,” said Jacob with unusual complaisance.
-“If--if that terrible man comes in the night there’ll be three of us to
-meet him.”
-
-Usually Mr. Winter did not make any effort to be agreeable to Ben’s
-friends, and under ordinary circumstances he would have objected to
-Ben’s having a boy stay with him, but fear had softened his asperities
-and made him more amiable than usual.
-
-“Mr. Winter, will you let me take the gun up to my room?” asked Ben.
-
-“Do you know how to fire it?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-On several occasions when Mr. Winter was away from home Ben had gone
-out gunning, and in this way had learned how to manage firearms.
-The farmer, however, did not ask any uncomfortable or disagreeable
-questions, but asked, “What do you want with the gun, Ben?”
-
-“I thought the robber might come here in the middle of the night, and I
-could fire at him out of the window.”
-
-“I don’t know as it’s prudent, Ben.”
-
-“If you would rather fire at him yourself, Mr. Winter, of course I
-won’t ask for the gun.”
-
-“No, no,” said Jacob hastily, “you can take it if you want to. But be
-keerful, be keerful!”
-
-So Ben took the gun and carried it up to the attic chamber where he and
-Albert were to sleep.
-
-“Is it loaded, Ben?” asked Albert.
-
-“Yes, it’s loaded with bird shot. I don’t want to kill the man, but
-I’ll give him a scare.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-A MIDNIGHT CALL.
-
-
-Probably no more astonished man lived than the tramp when his
-consciousness returned and he found himself lying on his back under the
-big oak tree. He lifted himself on his elbow and tried to remember what
-had happened.
-
-“Something struck me,” he said. “What was it and who did it?”
-
-Even in his half-dazed state it never occurred to him to think of Jacob
-Winter as his assailant.
-
-“Ha! I remember now. It was the boys,” he said after an effort of
-memory. “They’ve got twice as much pluck as the old man. But I’d like
-to smash ’em for all that. They’ve stepped in between me and a good bit
-of money. But I’ll have it yet.”
-
-The tramp rose to his feet and began to take an inventory of his bodily
-disabilities. His head ached and felt sore, and there was a bruise
-where he had been hit by the shovel. His limbs were all right, however.
-
-“I wonder how long I’ve been lying here,” he thought, “and where that
-gold is?”
-
-He was not long in deciding that the farmer had carried the pieces
-home. He knew where this was, for he had been lurking about the town
-for a couple of days, and had made inquiries.
-
-“I’d like to get it yet,” he said to himself. “I might break into the
-house and carry it off.”
-
-The more he thought of this the better the plan pleased him. Without
-knowing positively he thought it probable that Jacob Winter was the
-only man in the house, and for his prowess he felt absolute contempt.
-
-“I’ll scare him out of his seven senses,” the tramp concluded with an
-amused smile. “The man is about as brave as a mouse.”
-
-Of course it would not be prudent to make the visit he meditated just
-yet. Towards twelve o’clock there would be more chance of finding
-everybody asleep.
-
-Now let us go back to the attic room where Ben and Albert Graham were
-snugly ensconced in bed.
-
-“I wonder whether he’ll come,” said Albert.
-
-“That is uncertain,” returned Ben, “but if he does we must be ready for
-him.”
-
-“The trouble is, I’m terribly sleepy. He might come and rummage all
-over the house without my hearing him.”
-
-“Then I’ll tell you what we’d better do. Do you think you can stay
-awake for an hour?”
-
-“Yes; I can if I set out to.”
-
-“Then we’ll take turns sleeping. I’ll go to sleep now, and when an hour
-has passed you wake me up, and then I’ll keep watch. There’s a clock in
-the room, and there are some matches on the washstand in a box, so that
-you will know when to call me.”
-
-“All right! Can you go to sleep right off?”
-
-“Yes; it won’t take many minutes.”
-
-In less than five minutes Ben’s quiet breathing was sufficient evidence
-that he was in the land of dreams. Albert made a determined effort and
-managed to keep awake till he thought an hour must have been passed.
-
-He got up, lit a match, and found that Ben had been asleep an hour and
-a quarter in place of an hour.
-
-“What’s the matter? Is it morning?” asked Ben drowsily when Albert
-shook him.
-
-“No; but your time is out, and I want to take a nap. You remember you
-are to watch for the robber.”
-
-“All right!” said Ben, now broad awake. “Did I sleep an hour?”
-
-“An hour and a quarter.”
-
-“Is that so? It doesn’t seem more than five minutes.”
-
-“Do you think you can keep awake now, Ben?”
-
-“Yes; I can keep awake till midnight. If he doesn’t come by that time
-he won’t come at all. Then we can sleep, both of us, with an easy mind.”
-
-Ben had stipulated to sleep first because he felt that the attack would
-be more likely to come after half-past ten, when his vigil commenced,
-and he preferred to deal directly with the robber himself.
-
-After Albert was asleep he got up and examined the gun to see if it was
-all right. Somehow he did not feel sleepy at all now. He rather hoped
-his acquaintance of the fields would come, for he was a boy who was
-fond of excitement and adventure.
-
-It would be a man against a boy, or rather against two boys, for Ben
-did not count on much help from his stepfather, but he did not feel
-afraid. As Ben is my hero, I am rather pleased to say that, though not
-foolhardy, he possessed a good share of courage.
-
-He lay in bed listening for any noise, but an hour passed before his
-attention was roused. Then a little sound as of something touching the
-house enlisted his attention.
-
-He got out of bed and went to the window. It may be remarked that his
-room was directly over that occupied by his stepfather. “By gracious!”
-he exclaimed under his breath, “I am just in time.”
-
-A ladder was leaning against the house, and half way up he saw
-his antagonist of the fields. The ladder was so placed that the
-unauthorized intruder could enter Mr. Winter’s chamber through the open
-window.
-
-“There’s no time to be lost!” thought Ben. “I’ll get the gun.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-A DISAPPOINTED BURGLAR.
-
-
-Ben hesitated whether to address the burglar or not before firing the
-gun. Certainly the intruder had no claim to a warning, but Ben decided
-to be generous and give him the chance to retire in good order.
-
-Accordingly, half leaning out of the window, he called out: “What do
-you want here?”
-
-The burglar was startled, but looking up and seeing only a boy, he took
-courage, and his native impudence asserted itself.
-
-“Say, kid,” he responded, “where does the old man sleep?”
-
-“That is none of your business,” answered Ben manfully.
-
-“You’d better look out, or I’ll give you a lesson. I know well enough.
-He sleeps in that room.”
-
-“What do you want with him?”
-
-“I want that gold. I am sure it is in his chamber.”
-
-“Go right down that ladder, or you’ll be sorry.”
-
-“I’ll throw you out of that window when I get into the house.”
-
-“I have given you warning. Will you go?”
-
-“No, I won’t. What do you take me for? You’re the most impudent kid I
-ever met.”
-
-Ben wasted no more words upon the intruder, but, thrusting the muzzle
-of the gun out of the window, fired.
-
-The birdshot took effect in the burglar’s face and neck, and with a
-cry of surprise and dismay he lost his grip and dropped to the ground,
-upsetting the ladder in his fall.
-
-At the sound of the discharge Albert awoke, as did also Jacob Winter in
-the room below.
-
-“What’s up, Ben?” cried Albert in excitement, jumping out of bed.
-
-“I am,” answered Ben coolly, “and now you appear to be.”
-
-“I mean what has happened?”
-
-“I’ve shot a burglar.”
-
-Albert rushed to the window and looked down. So did Jacob Winter, who
-was frightened almost out of his wits.
-
-In a tremor of curiosity and alarm he thrust his head out of the
-window, and asked, “Who’s there?”
-
-It was an unfortunate movement for him. The burglar had risen from the
-ground, mad through and through, and eager for revenge.
-
-He intended first to wreak his vengeance upon Ben, but seeing Mr.
-Winter’s protruding head, changed his mind. He picked up a stone and
-fired with only too accurate aim.
-
-The stone hit Jacob Winter in the ear, and the unhappy farmer, with a
-terrified cry, fell back from the window and lay down on the floor.
-
-“What’s the matter, Mr. Winter?” asked his wife.
-
-“I’m killed!” answered the farmer in agonizing tones, clapping his hand
-to his injured organ. “The tramp has shot me.”
-
-He was too bewildered to observe that the burglar had no weapon, and
-really believed for the moment that he had been shot.
-
-Mrs. Winter hastily lit the kerosene lamp and went to the help of her
-husband.
-
-“Where were you hit?” she asked.
-
-“Here!” answered her husband in a hollow voice. “The bullet must have
-gone to my brain.”
-
-“What’s this?” she asked, picking up a pebble. “This isn’t a bullet.”
-
-“What is it?” he asked.
-
-“Its only a pebble,” she answered. “You have been hit with a stone.”
-
-“It almost killed me,” said Jacob, but he felt reassured.
-
-“Who did it?”
-
-“It’s that tramp, the man that tried to steal my gold.”
-
-At this moment there was a knock at the door.
-
-“There he is!” cried Jacob in fresh alarm. “He’s got into the house and
-is forcing his way into the chamber.”
-
-“The door is bolted,” said his wife, “but I don’t think it can be the
-robber.”
-
-But Jacob Winter could not so readily give up the idea.
-
-“Go away, you, sir!” he called out in quavering tones. “Go away or I’ll
-have you arrested.”
-
-“It’s only I, Mr. Winter,” said a young voice outside.
-
-“It’s Ben.”
-
-Feeling relieved, Mr. Winter himself opened the door.
-
-“Did you fire the gun, Ben?” he asked.
-
-“Yes, Mr. Winter. The robber had the ladder up against the house, and
-was going to get into your window.”
-
-“Where is he now? This is terrible!” groaned the farmer.
-
-“I peppered him with the gun, and I guess he’s gone off.”
-
-“He fired a rock at me. He ought to have fired it at you. I wasn’t the
-one that shot him.”
-
-“Is this the rock?” asked Ben, picking up the pebble with a smile.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“It ain’t very large.”
-
-“Neither is a bullet, but it hurts me awfully. Are you sure that man’s
-gone?”
-
-“I’ll go to the window and see.”
-
-Ben went to the open window and looked out. By the partial light he
-could see the baffled burglar in full retreat several hundred feet
-distant.
-
-“He’s gone, Mr. Winter. That is, he’s going.”
-
-“He may come back. Where is the ladder?”
-
-“Outside on the ground where it fell.”
-
-“He may come back and try to climb up again. You’d better go out and
-take it to the barn.”
-
-“But the man might come back and hurt Ben,” said Mrs. Winter anxiously.
-
-“Don’t be afraid, mother. I’ll take the gun with me, and Albert will
-come and help me.”
-
-“Yes, yes, go, there’s a good boy!” said Jacob, who was afraid his wife
-might expect him to go himself. The very thought made him shudder.
-
-Ben smiled a little at his stepfather’s evident alarm, but had no
-thought of refusing the service asked of him. Indeed he wanted to go
-out.
-
-“Come down, Albert!” he called at the foot of the attic stairs. “I want
-you to help me take away the ladder.”
-
-“I’ll be down in a jiffy,” said Albert.
-
-The two boys descended the stairs and went out into the yard. They
-picked up the ladder and carried it to the barn, in which they placed
-it.
-
-“This is a regular lark!” said Albert. “I wouldn’t have missed it for a
-dollar. How does Mr. Winter take it?”
-
-“He’s scared out of his wits.”
-
-“It’s lucky there were two able-bodied men on hand,” said Albert with a
-comical look, “or the house would have been robbed. Has Mr. Winter got
-the gold in his room?”
-
-“Yes; I saw the box standing in one corner.”
-
-“It’s lucky for us we ain’t rich. We needn’t be afraid of burglars.”
-
-At the breakfast table Mrs. Winter said, “I do hope, Mr. Winter, you’ll
-take that gold to the bank. We don’t want any more midnight callers.”
-
-“So I will,” answered her husband, with unwonted meekness, “but--but
-suppose the robber should stop me on the way.”
-
-The savings bank was in the next town.
-
-“Take me with you, Mr. Winter,” suggested Ben. “I guess you and I will
-be more than a match for the robber.”
-
-“I don’t know but I will, Ben,” said Jacob, relieved at the suggestion.
-“Of course you are only a boy, but----”
-
-“I can hold the horse while you are fighting the robber,” put in Ben,
-his eyes twinkling with suppressed fun.
-
-“That’s so,” said Jacob, coughing, but he looked a little alarmed at
-the suggestion.
-
-“Shall I take the gun with me?”
-
-“Well, perhaps you may as well. What will you carry the gold in?”
-
-“There’s an empty butter keg in the shed,” said Mrs. Winter.
-
-“We’ll put the money in that, and people will think it’s a keg of
-butter,” remarked Ben.
-
-“That’s a good plan. Be sure to load the gun before you set out.”
-
-“I’ve attended to that already, Mr. Winter.”
-
-Soon after breakfast the buggy came around to the door and Ben and his
-stepfather got in, the latter carrying the keg with its important
-contents.
-
-They reached the next town, only five miles away, and drove at once to
-the savings bank.
-
-“I don’t know as the bank is safe,” said Jacob Winter, “but it’s better
-to have my money here than where robbers can get at it.”
-
-“I agree with you, Mr. Winter.”
-
-The money was handed to the receiving teller of the savings bank, and
-Jacob received a bank book, which he put into his pocket with a sigh of
-relief. In the bank Ben picked up a copy of a Boston daily paper, and
-read the following paragraph:
-
- The low price of tickets to New York since the last cut of the
- steamboat lines has greatly increased the volume of travel.
- There are few who cannot afford the journey, now that the fare
- has been reduced to one dollar.
-
-“Only one dollar to New York!” thought Ben. “Now is my time to go, if
-ever!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-BEN FORMS A SUDDEN DETERMINATION.
-
-
-Jacob Winter felt, though he hardly liked to confess it, that but for
-Ben he would have been the loser of five hundred dollars. He was not
-a liberal man, but he determined to make some acknowledgment of his
-stepson’s services.
-
-Accordingly, when he had returned from the savings bank, he drew a
-twenty-five cent piece from his pocket and handed it to Ben with the
-remark: “Benjamin, you have behaved very well. Here is a quarter for
-you. Be keerful not to spend it foolishly.”
-
-Ben was considerably surprised. It was the first gift he ever
-remembered to have received from his stepfather, and he hardly knew
-whether to be amused or grateful.
-
-If he accepted it, he knew that Mr. Winter would feel that he had
-squared up his obligations. But Ben preferred to leave the matter open.
-So he quickly decided not to accept the money.
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Winter,” he said, “but I would rather not take it.”
-
-“You refuse money!” exclaimed Jacob in amazement.
-
-“Yes, sir. I only did my duty.”
-
-“I guess you’d better take it. Quarters don’t grow on every bush.”
-
-“They don’t for me, Mr. Winter,” said Ben smiling. “I’m just as much
-obliged, but I would rather not take any money for what I’ve done. It
-was good fun.”
-
-“Good fun!” ejaculated his stepfather. “It isn’t my idea of fun to have
-a ruffian try to rob me.”
-
-“Well, he didn’t make much out of his attempt. I don’t care for the
-money, Mr. Winter, but I’ll ask something else instead.”
-
-“What is it?” asked Jacob cautiously.
-
-“I want to leave the farm and go to New York.”
-
-“Go to New York! You--a mere boy! What do you want to go to New York
-for?”
-
-“I want to get work.”
-
-“There’s plenty of work here, Benjamin.”
-
-“I know there is, but it isn’t the kind I like. I should never be a
-successful farmer.”
-
-“It wasn’t exactly the farmin’ business I meant to put you to.”
-
-“What then?” asked Ben, whose turn it was to be surprised.
-
-“Silas Flack has made an offer to take you and teach you the shoemakin’
-business. I did at first think of havin’ you work on the farm, but I
-guess you might as well learn the shoemakin’?”
-
-“When did he make the offer, Mr. Winter?”
-
-“Day afore yesterday.”
-
-“And why didn’t you speak to me about it before?”
-
-“You’re too young to know what’s good for yourself.”
-
-“But I have no wish to learn shoemaking.”
-
-“Boys like you don’t seem to realize that they must earn their livin’.”
-
-“I am ready to earn my living, but I want to have something to say
-about the way I am to earn it. I intend to make my living in New York.”
-
-“I can’t let you go. I’ve given my word to Silas Flack.”
-
-Ben was exasperated, but they had reached the farm, and he concluded to
-take a short time to think over his stepfather’s proposal. One thing
-he determined upon, and that was to see Mr. Flack and find out what
-negotiations had passed between the shoemaker and Mr. Winter.
-
-In the middle of the afternoon, being sent on an errand, he went a
-little out of his way to visit Silas Flack’s shop. It was a tiny
-place, for Silas did business only in a small way. Entering the shop he
-began:
-
-“Good day, Mr. Flack.”
-
-“Good day, Ben,” answered the shoemaker, resting his eye approvingly on
-Ben’s sturdy frame and bright, honest face.
-
-“I called to see what proposal you made to Mr. Winter about me,” said
-Ben abruptly. “You promised to teach me the business, didn’t you?”
-
-“Yes; I agreed to take you till you were twenty-one.”
-
-“And Mr. Winter thought favorable of it, did he?”
-
-“Yes; he said you might come.”
-
-“What benefit is Mr. Winter to get out of it?” asked Ben.
-
-“How old be you now?”
-
-“Fifteen.”
-
-“Well, I agreed to take care of you till you were twenty-one, and pay
-him fifty dollars a year over and above for your services. Seems to me
-that’s a fair offer.”
-
-“Oho!” thought Ben, “now I understand. It’s the fifty dollars a year
-that Jacob Winter is after. Money is his idol, and he expects to make
-about three hundred dollars out of me.”
-
-“Did Mr. Winter tell you I would come?” he asked after a pause.
-
-“Yes; he said it struck him favorable.”
-
-“But I don’t like the business, Mr. Flack.”
-
-“That’s only a boy’s idee. You may as well make your livin’ that way as
-any other.”
-
-“When did Mr. Winter say I could begin?”
-
-“The first week in September.”
-
-“That’s the time the high school commences. I was expecting to attend
-there.”
-
-“Jacob Winter thinks you’ve got eddication enough. You’ve got as much
-as he or I.”
-
-“Didn’t you ever think you would like to know more than you do, Mr.
-Flack?”
-
-“What’s the good? I know enough for my business, and I’m gen’rally
-respected in town. I’ve been selec’man once, and I’m overseer of the
-poor now.”
-
-Ben smiled. He saw that Mr. Flack was well satisfied with his success
-in life, but he felt within himself yearnings and aspirations which
-probably were unknown to the shoemaker.
-
-“Well, good day, Mr. Flack!” he said after a brief pause.
-
-“Good day, Ben! I guess you and me will get along well. I’ve heard that
-you are good to work, and I’ll do the right thing by you. Besides what
-I promised your stepfather, I’ll give you a new suit of clothes when
-you are twenty-one, and after that you can get good wages, as much as a
-dollar-fifty per day likely.”
-
-“I’ll think over what you have said, Mr. Flack,” said Ben gravely.
-
-He turned and left the shop. He felt that he had reached an important
-point in his life. He resented the utter selfishness which actuated
-his stepfather in thus mapping out his future life, dooming him to an
-uncongenial occupation for the paltry sum of fifty dollars a year paid
-to himself.
-
-Had Jacob Winter been a poor man, there would have been some excuse for
-his course, but he was far from being poor. There were no very rich men
-in Wrayburn, but he was one of the most prominent in the amount of his
-worldly possessions.
-
-Moreover, he had managed to get into his possession the two thousand
-dollars belonging to his mother. And it was for a paltry fifty dollars
-a year that Ben was to be deprived of the advantages of a high-school
-education.
-
-“It’s a shame!” he cried hotly.
-
-“What’s a shame, Ben?”
-
-Turning around Ben recognized in the speaker his friend, Albert Graham.
-
-“Was I speaking aloud?” Ben asked.
-
-“Yes, and with considerable emphasis. What is it all about?”
-
-“I find my precious stepfather has agreed to bind me apprentice to
-Silas Flack, the shoemaker, in consideration of fifty dollars a year
-paid to him annually till I am twenty-one.”
-
-“You don’t mean it, Ben?”
-
-“Yes, it’s true. Mr. Winter told me himself, though he didn’t speak of
-the fifty dollars. That was told me by Mr. Flack.”
-
-“I don’t wonder you call it a shame,” said Albert warmly.
-
-“That is why Mr. Winter isn’t willing to have me attend the high
-school; that wouldn’t bring him in any money.”
-
-“I see. Have you told your mother about it yet?”
-
-“No, but I shall as soon as I go home.”
-
-“Then you are to grow up a shoemaker, Ben?”
-
-“Not much,” exclaimed Ben decidedly. “Mr. Winter hasn’t got my consent.”
-
-“What will you do?”
-
-“Go to New York.”
-
-“Won’t he try to stop you?”
-
-“Perhaps so,” said Ben quietly, “but I shall go all the same.”
-
-“Well, I can’t blame you, Ben. You weren’t cut out for a shoemaker.”
-
-“Nor for a farmer either. I feel that I must take the responsibility
-into my own hands.”
-
-“When are you going to start and what are your plans?”
-
-“I shall start as soon as I can. I find that I can go to New York from
-Boston for a dollar, and I shall never have any better chance.”
-
-“You will take the five dollars I offered you, Ben?”
-
-“Yes, Albert, as a loan, and thank you for your friendly aid. If ever I
-can do you a favor I will.”
-
-In reply Albert held out his hand, and the two boys interchanged a
-hearty grasp.
-
-“Well, Ben, you have my best wishes, you know that. You will be sure to
-write me?”
-
-“Yes, Albert. I will write to you and to my mother.”
-
-Ben had a conference with his mother and obtained her consent to his
-plan. She was as angry as he at the cold-blooded selfishness of her
-husband.
-
-“I don’t know whether it’s best or not, Ben,” she said, “but there
-seems to be no other way. I begin to see my folly now in marrying Jacob
-Winter.”
-
-“In a few years, mother, I hope you can leave him and come to live with
-me.”
-
-The next morning when Mr. Winter went up to Ben’s attic chamber to call
-him, he found that the bird had flown.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-BEN ARRIVES IN BOSTON.
-
-
-Jacob Winter came bounding down-stairs angry and bewildered. He sought
-out his wife in the kitchen.
-
-“What has become of Ben?” he demanded abruptly.
-
-Mrs. Winter turned and surveyed her husband calmly.
-
-“Why do you ask?” she inquired.
-
-“Because I went up to call him just now and found that his bed had not
-been slept in. Do you think he went over to sleep with Albert Graham?”
-
-“He said nothing to me about going.”
-
-“If he went without leave I will give him a sound thrashing.”
-
-“Threats are cheap, Mr. Winter,” said his wife with something of
-contempt in her voice.
-
-“What do you think has become of the boy, Mrs. W.?”
-
-“Probably he has gone away.”
-
-“But where?”
-
-“He found out yesterday that you had apprenticed him without his
-permission to Silas Flack.”
-
-“He found out because I told him so.”
-
-“Very well, he has no taste for shoemaking.”
-
-“Or for any other kind of work.”
-
-“That is not true, Mr. Winter, and you know it. Ben is industrious, but
-he wants to be consulted about his occupation.”
-
-“Why, isn’t shoemaking a good business?”
-
-“It is--for some, but Ben doesn’t like it. What put it into your mind
-to select that business for Ben?”
-
-“I thought he would make a good living at it.”
-
-“And that was all?”
-
-“Wasn’t that enough?”
-
-“Ben learned that you intended to make money out of him. Mr. Flack
-was to pay you fifty dollars a year for his services, and this you
-intended to put into your own pocket. That was your object in making
-the arrangement.”
-
-“I only did what I had a right to do. But you haven’t told me where the
-boy is.”
-
-“I don’t know, but he had some idea of going to New York.”
-
-“Did he tell you this?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Then why didn’t you tell me?”
-
-“Because I thought the boy had enough to contend against without his
-mother turning against him.”
-
-“It seems to me you have very peculiar ideas of the duties of a wife,
-Mrs. W.”
-
-“And you have strange notions of your duty to your stepson.”
-
-“Will you tell me when Ben left the house and what route he took?”
-
-“I can’t answer either question.”
-
-“I’ll find out in spite of you and bring him back,” said Jacob angrily.
-“Did you give him any money to go away with?”
-
-“I am not likely to have much money to give to any one. However I gave
-him two dollars.”
-
-“So you connived at his escape? You ought to be ashamed of yourself,
-Mrs. W.”
-
-“My conscience is clear. I will only say that had you treated Ben as he
-had a right to expect, he would not have left the house.”
-
-“Perhaps, Mrs. W., you will favor me with your idea of how he ought
-to have been treated,” said Mr. Winter, with what he thought to be
-withering sarcasm.
-
-“I will. You should have let him go to the high school.”
-
-“Anything more?”
-
-“And given him better clothes. He does not dress as well as boys of
-much smaller means.”
-
-“I don’t mean to pamper him, or dress him in purple and fine linen,
-Mrs. Winter. He has left a good home and will probably repent it in
-dust and ashes before many weeks are over. Is breakfast ready?”
-
-“It will be ready in five minutes.”
-
-“I want to start in pursuit of Ben as soon as possible. I feel that I
-have a responsibility about the boy, if you don’t, Mrs. Winter.”
-
-Mrs. Winter smiled. She understood very well why her husband wanted to
-recover Ben. The fifty dollars a year promised by Mr. Flack he was not
-willing to surrender if there was any possible chance of securing it.
-
-Mr. Winter harnessed up and drove to the nearest railroad station, five
-miles away, but he saw nothing of the fugitive. Ben had taken the five
-o’clock train, having slept with his friend Albert Graham the night
-before.
-
-On the way home Mr. Winter met Albert, and knowing the intimacy between
-the two boys, he stopped his horse and inquired: “When did you see Ben
-last?”
-
-“Early this morning,” answered Albert.
-
-“You did, hey? Where did you see him?”
-
-“He slept at my house last night.”
-
-“Is he there now?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“Where is he then?”
-
-“I guess he must be in Boston now.”
-
-“In Boston?” repeated the farmer. “Why, why, how could he get there so
-quick?”
-
-“He meant to take the five o’clock train from Grafton.”
-
-“He’s a fool! He can’t get any further than Boston. He only had two
-dollars with him.”
-
-“Is that all?” asked Albert significantly.
-
-“Yes; his mother gave him two dollars, and that wouldn’t much more than
-get him to Boston.”
-
-Albert did not contradict his statement, but he happened to know that
-Ben had five dollars more lent by himself.
-
-“Did Ben tell you he was going to run away?” said Jacob, returning to
-the charge.
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Why didn’t you come and tell me?”
-
-“What do you take me for?” asked Albert scornfully. “Do you think I
-would betray my friend?”
-
-“I see you are in league with him,” returned Jacob angrily. “I ain’t
-sure but I can have you arrested for aidin’ and abettin’ him in his
-unlawful doin’s.”
-
-“Go ahead and do it if you think best,” said Albert, in no way
-frightened.
-
-“I’ll see about it. I’ll consult with Lawyer Cole, and you may spend
-the night in jail.”
-
-Albert took no particular notice of this threat, and did not borrow any
-trouble on account of it.
-
-Meanwhile the boy who had created such a commotion in the Winter
-household had reached Boston. He had never before been so far from
-home, and it must be confessed that, as he stepped from the car and
-followed the rest of the passengers into the front part of the Boston
-and Albany station, he felt a sense of loneliness, mingled with
-apprehension.
-
-Had he done wisely in leaving his country home to seek the crowded
-city? He could not tell, but just for a moment his heart sank within
-him, and he almost wished himself back in Wrayburn.
-
-But the feeling soon passed away, and as he stepped out of the depot,
-and, following the crowd, walked on to Washington Street, he became
-more cheerful and hopeful.
-
-On the way he passed a small restaurant. There was a bill of fare
-displayed at the door. The prices seemed reasonable, and he decided to
-enter.
-
-He had got up very early, walked about five miles to the station, and
-though he had been provided by Albert with a couple of slices of bread
-and butter, he felt very hungry.
-
-He went into the restaurant and scanning the bill of fare, called for
-a plate of baked beans and a cup of coffee. They were brought, and he
-partook of them with great relish.
-
-The cost was only fifteen cents. He would have liked to order more,
-but he felt that he must husband his money, as he did not know when he
-would obtain employment.
-
-He reached Washington Street, and walked down it looking in at the
-shop windows. There were comparatively few people out, as it was still
-early, but to Ben’s rural eyes there seemed to be a crowd. He passed
-the Adams House, and when he reached Winter Street, he glanced up it
-and saw a vista of green grass and sturdy old trees, that reminded him
-of the country.
-
-“What is that field over there?” he asked of a young man at his side.
-
-“That is the common,” answered the other with a smile.
-
-Ben hurried and pushed on till he reached the famous square. Passing
-between some posts he found himself on the mall, and seated himself on
-a long bench under the trees.
-
-He looked with interest at the passers-by. It was a bright and animated
-spectacle. It was a glimpse of the world quite unlike any with which
-Ben had been acquainted hitherto.
-
-“I wish somebody was with me,” he said to himself.
-
-As if in answer to his wish a boy rather older than himself stopped in
-front of the bench and greeted him in a surprised voice. “Why, Ben, how
-came you here?”
-
-Looking up he recognized his cousin Adelbert Bruce, who lived, as he
-remembered, in a town not far from Boston.
-
-“Adelbert!” exclaimed Ben joyfully, rising and grasping his cousin’s
-hand. “I never thought of seeing you.”
-
-“I have come to Boston to buy some clothes,” said Adelbert, “but what
-brings you here?”
-
-“I have left home,” answered Ben.
-
-“But why?”
-
-“Wait till you have a stepfather, and then you will know.”
-
-“Are you trying to find a place in Boston?”
-
-“No; I am going to New York.”
-
-“You don’t mean it! Do you know any one there?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“Then I should think you would be afraid to go.”
-
-“I have to go somewhere. Mr. Winter would have apprenticed me to a
-shoemaker if I had stayed in Wrayburn.”
-
-“Did your mother know you were going to leave home?”
-
-“Yes; I wouldn’t go without telling her.”
-
-Adelbert sat down by Ben and the two talked earnestly. All at once they
-became sensible of a commotion, then of men, women and children running
-by them in excitement, the more timid uttering cries of alarm.
-
-“What’s the matter?” asked Ben.
-
-“_It’s a mad dog_,” answered his cousin, turning pale, “_and he’s
-coming our way!_”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-BEN BECOMES A HERO.
-
-
-The two boys rose from the bench, fully appreciating the danger to
-which they were exposed, and uncertain what it was safest to do. The
-dog was of medium size, weighing perhaps forty pounds.
-
-It was foaming at the mouth and might well inspire alarm. As is
-customary in such cases, it followed a straight course, turning neither
-to the right nor the left.
-
-“We are safe,” said Ben, “if we stay where we are.”
-
-Directly in front of the dog was a gentleman of middle age holding
-by the hand a small boy of ten. Among the flying crowd this pair
-seemed most exposed to peril. The man’s face was pale, for he felt the
-dangerous position in which they stood.
-
-“Hurry, Paul, hurry!” he cried.
-
-“I can’t run any faster, papa!” said the little boy, gasping for breath.
-
-Two legs are no match for four, and the dog was within six feet of the
-boy, whom it had selected as its victim.
-
-To Adelbert’s surprise, Ben sprang forward and made a dash for the
-dog. He had pulled off his sack-coat, and just as the dog was about to
-fasten his teeth in Paul’s leg, he threw the coat over the animal’s
-head and held it tight.
-
-But the dog struggled so powerfully that Ben was in peril. Help came
-when it was needed.
-
-A mechanic, strong and muscular, rushed to his assistance, and between
-them they held the dog firmly muzzled till a policeman arrived, and
-drawing a revolver shot the frantic animal through the head.
-
-With a hoarse cry the dog stretched himself out in the agonies of death.
-
-“Your little boy has been saved from a terrible death,” said a
-bystander to Paul’s father.
-
-The latter breathed a deep sigh of relief. He turned his eyes in the
-direction of Ben, who was holding up his coat and gazing at it with a
-rueful look.
-
-“It is spoiled,” said Adelbert. “You can never wear it again.”
-
-“And it is my only one,” rejoined Ben.
-
-He felt a touch upon his arm, and turning, saw that it was the little
-boy’s father who had thus called his attention.
-
-“My dear boy,” he said, in a tone of deep emotion, “how can I thank you
-for what you have done? By your bravery you have in all probability
-saved my son from a terrible death.”
-
-“I am so glad,” was Ben’s reply. “When I saw his danger I couldn’t help
-trying to save him. Any one would have done it,” he added modestly.
-
-“No one did it but you,” said the father significantly. “What is your
-name?”
-
-“Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Do you live in Boston?”
-
-“No, sir; I am on my way to New York.”
-
-“Are you--excuse my asking--in limited circumstances?”
-
-“I have to make my own way,” answered Ben. “I am going to New York to
-seek my fortune.”
-
-“And this boy with you--is he your brother?”
-
-“No,” answered Adelbert, “I am Ben’s cousin, and proud of the
-relationship,” he added. “I didn’t think Ben had so much pluck.”
-
-“I think I heard you say that this was your only coat.”
-
-“Yes, sir,” answered Ben shyly.
-
-“You can never wear it any more. The least I can do is to replace it.
-Are you acquainted in Boston?”
-
-“No, sir, but Adelbert is.”
-
-“Do you know where to find the clothing house of A. Shuman?” asked the
-gentleman, addressing Adelbert.
-
-“Yes, sir; I am going there myself to buy a suit of clothes.”
-
-“Then take your cousin with you and help him select a suit.”
-
-“But, sir, I only lost my coat.”
-
-“I certainly can do no less than buy you a complete suit. Then I shall
-hope to have the pleasure of entertaining you both at dinner at my
-house in Mt. Vernon Street. We dine at two o’clock. Wait a minute and I
-will give you an order on Mr. Shuman for a suit.”
-
-He tore a leaf from his memorandum book and wrote upon it these words:
-
- “Allow the bearer to select clothing to the amount of
- thirty-five dollars, and charge the same to my account.
-
- “FRANKLIN WENTWORTH.”
-
-“Please read this,” he said to Ben.
-
-“Isn’t that a great deal to spend for a suit, sir?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes; I advise you to use only part of it for a suit, and buy other
-articles such as you need to make up the balance. I dare say you can
-make use of other things.”
-
-“Thank you sir. You are quite right.”
-
-“I will bid you good morning now, and will expect to see you at dinner.
-Here is my card.”
-
-“Franklin Wentworth,” repeated Adelbert, looking at the latter. “He
-is a broker in State Street, and is considered a rich man. You are in
-luck, Ben. The folks will be su’prised when they hear that I have taken
-dinner at his house.”
-
-“What shall I do with this coat, Adelbert?” asked Ben.
-
-“Give it to me,” said a ragged boy, who overheard the question.
-
-“But it is spoiled. It has the dog’s saliva on it.”
-
-“Mother will clean it for me. It’s better than any I have got.”
-
-“You are welcome to it,” said Ben, “but be careful to clean it
-thoroughly.”
-
-“Yes, I will,” and the boy walked away with a pleased expression.
-
-“I’d like to get a new suit at once, Del,” said Ben. “I feel queer
-walking in Boston without a coat.”
-
-“We’ll go down Bromfield Street to Washington. That will bring us out
-very near Shuman’s.”
-
-The two boys walked down to Washington Street, Ben attracting attention
-from the crowd, some of whom knew that he was the boy who had helped
-capture the mad dog. They crossed the street and entered the large,
-handsome store of A. Shuman & Co. In the windows was a fine display of
-fashionable clothing.
-
-One of the salesmen stepped up and met the two boys, his curiosity a
-little excited by Ben’s appearance.
-
-Ben showed the memorandum.
-
-“My coat was spoiled by an accident,” he said, “but I guess I can get a
-better one here.”
-
-“I think we shall be able to fit you out.”
-
-Ben finally selected a stylish suit for twenty-five dollars, and
-invested the remaining ten dollars in underclothing and an extra pair
-of trousers.
-
-“Will you have the clothes sent home?” asked the salesman.
-
-“I should like to take off the clothes I have on and put on the whole
-new suit.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-“I will take the rest in a bundle,” went on Ben. “I am only passing
-through Boston, and have no place to send it to.”
-
-“It will be rather awkward to carry the bundle around,” said Adelbert.
-
-“We will keep it here for you subject to your order,” interposed the
-salesman. “When will you call for it?”
-
-“About half-past four,” suggested Adelbert. “My cousin is going to New
-York by the Fall River boat.”
-
-“Very good.”
-
-In ten minutes Ben left the store looking very much better than when he
-entered it, so far as clothing was concerned. He had hardly reached the
-street when a brisk-looking young man stepped up to him.
-
-“I beg your pardon,” he said, “but are you the boy who tackled the mad
-dog on the Common twenty minutes since?”
-
-“Yes, sir,” answered Ben, rather surprised.
-
-“I thought so. I am a reporter of the Boston _Globe_. Please step
-around to the office with me, and help me fix up an account of it for
-our paper.”
-
-“Really, Ben, you are getting to be a prominent character,” said
-Adelbert, laughing.
-
-“It seems so,” answered Ben.
-
-Both boys walked to the _Globe_ office not far away, and Ben was asked
-several questions, which he answered promptly.
-
-“Thank you,” said the young man. “Now, if you have no objection, I will
-take you out and have your picture taken.”
-
-“What for?” asked Ben, puzzled.
-
-“To reproduce in our evening edition.”
-
-“You mean to put my picture in the paper?” asked Ben, almost frightened.
-
-“Yes; the young people will like to see it.”
-
-“Oh, have it taken, Ben,” said Adelbert, “I will take one home to
-Natick, and won’t the folks be surprised!”
-
-So Ben submitted. He felt that it was quite the most wonderful day in
-his life.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-BEN DINES IN MT. VERNON STREET.
-
-
-As there was considerable time to be filled up, Ben went about the city
-under the guidance of Adelbert, and got a fair idea of it. Never before
-having been in any city, he was quite impressed with the size of Boston.
-
-“I suppose New York is still larger,” he said to his cousin.
-
-“So I hear, but I have never been there.”
-
-“It will seem strange to me living in so large a place.”
-
-“Large places seem to agree with you. This is your first day in Boston,
-and you have already made thirty-five dollars.”
-
-“I don’t expect to follow it up with such luck.”
-
-“Probably not. If you could make that sum once a week you would do
-better than most boys of your age.”
-
-A little before two o’clock the boys rang the bell at Mr. Wentworth’s
-house on Mt. Vernon Street.
-
-The door was opened by a well-dressed serving-man, who greeted them
-with a smile, and relieved them of any embarrassment by saying, “Please
-follow me. You are expected.”
-
-He led the way up-stairs to a handsome apartment, which appeared to be
-fitted up as a sitting-room and library.
-
-“Be seated, please.”
-
-They sat down and had begun to examine some of the books on the table,
-when an attractive lady entered the room, leading by the hand little
-Paul.
-
-“Which of you boys saved the life of my little boy?” she asked with
-emotion.
-
-“My cousin Ben,” answered Adelbert.
-
-She grasped Ben’s hand warmly, saying, “I shall never forget the
-service you have done me, my brave boy.”
-
-Ben blushed and felt uncomfortable, for he was modest and did not think
-he deserved such a warm tribute.
-
-“Won’t you come and sit by me, Paul?” he asked, for he was fond of
-little boys.
-
-Paul went up at once and sat beside him on the sofa.
-
-“Were you very much afraid?” asked Ben.
-
-“Wasn’t I just? I thought the dog was going to bite me. Were you
-frightened?”
-
-“I was at first, but I forgot all about it when I saw your danger.”
-
-“This wasn’t the coat you threw over the dog’s head?”
-
-“No; I gave that to a boy who asked for it.”
-
-“You wouldn’t want to wear it again?”
-
-“No. It would always make me think of the mad dog.”
-
-“Have you got any little brothers?”
-
-“No; I wish I had. I should like a little brother like you.”
-
-“Do you live in the city?” asked Mrs. Wentworth of Adelbert.
-
-“No; I live about eighteen miles from here, in the country.”
-
-“Does your cousin live with you?”
-
-“No; I have not seen him for four years. He is on his way to New York.”
-
-“I hope he will prosper. He deserves to do so.”
-
-Just then Mr. Wentworth entered and dinner was announced.
-
-“I will sit by Ben,” said Paul, who by this time felt quite at home
-with his preserver.
-
-“You seem to have won Paul’s heart,” remarked Mrs. Wentworth with a
-smile.
-
-Of course the dinner was excellent and well served. It must be
-confessed that both boys were very hungry and did full justice to it.
-
-When the last course was served Mr. Wentworth rose from the table.
-
-“You must excuse me, young gentlemen,” he said, “but I have a business
-appointment at a quarter past three and I have barely time to meet
-it. Don’t hurry, however; Mrs. Wentworth and Paul will entertain you.
-Before going let me say,” he was addressing Ben now, “if ever you get
-into trouble or need a friend don’t hesitate to write to me. And now
-good-by, and good luck.”
-
-“Thank you, sir,” said Ben gratefully. The boys remained twenty minutes
-longer, and then rose to go.
-
-“Wait a minute,” said Mrs. Wentworth. “Come with me, Paul.”
-
-The two left the room, but immediately returned. Paul held in his hand
-a silver hunting watch with a neat chain attached to it.
-
-“This is for you, Ben,” he said.
-
-Ben looked surprised and pleased. He had always wanted a watch.
-
-“Yes,” said Mrs. Wentworth, “you are to consider this a gift from Paul.
-I hope it will do you good service.”
-
-“I thank you and him very much,” said Ben gratefully. “Paul, you must
-let me kiss you.”
-
-The little boy threw his arms around the neck of his new friend and
-kissed him warmly.
-
-“You must come and see me again,” he said.
-
-“I hope to do so some time.”
-
-The two boys left the house, much pleased with their visit.
-
-“This is a lucky day for you, Ben,” said Adelbert. “I hope your luck
-will continue.”
-
-“I feel a good deal better than I did yesterday at this time,”
-responded Ben. “What nice people they are!”
-
-“Yes, but I am sure you will find plenty more such in New York. You
-must write to me, Ben.”
-
-“Yes, I will be sure to do so.”
-
-“And look out for pickpockets when you are on the boat. Don’t let them
-steal your watch.”
-
-“It seems odd to have anything worth stealing, Del.”
-
-“It would have been a good while before your stepfather gave you a
-watch.”
-
-“Yes; he is about as mean a man as I ever met. Mother made a great
-mistake in marrying him. When I am able I shall ask her to leave him
-and come to live with me.”
-
-“Why can’t you go up to Natick to-night with me, and stay over till
-to-morrow?”
-
-“I feel in a hurry to reach New York and see what I can do there. I am
-anxious to know how I am going to make out.”
-
-“Then I will excuse you this time. Perhaps you can come and see me next
-year.”
-
-“If I am lucky I may be able to do so.”
-
-At half-past four they went to Shuman’s and Ben got his bundle.
-Adelbert also made choice of a suit, but one not so expensive as Ben’s.
-“I can’t afford to go high as you did, Ben,” he said.
-
-On their way to the depot they met a newsboy who called out. “Evenin’
-papers! _Record_ and _Globe_! All about the mad dog!”
-
-This attracted Adelbert’s attention.
-
-“Why, it’s about you, Ben,” he said. “Give me the _Globe_.”
-
-“And me, too,” added Ben.
-
-They hastily opened it, and Ben flushed with pleasure to see his
-picture staring at him from the fourth page. There was quite a full
-account of the capture of the dog, and Ben was highly praised for his
-bravery and presence of mind.
-
-“Does the _Globe_ go to Wrayburn?” asked Adelbert.
-
-“Yes, but Mr. Winter doesn’t take it.”
-
-“He will hear of it. I should like to be present when he reads the
-account and sees your picture.”
-
-“So should I. He won’t know anything of the presents I received.”
-
-Though the Fall River train did not start till six the boys reached
-the Old Colony station at half-past five, and then Adelbert left his
-cousin, as he wished to take a train to his country home. When the
-train was ready Ben, with his bundle in his hand, joined the moving
-crowd of passengers and entered the cars.
-
-The low rate of fare increased the crowd considerably, and it was
-evident that the steamer would be well filled. Ben had some difficulty
-in finding a seat, and there were quite a number standing in each of
-the cars that composed the train.
-
-In an hour and a half the brakeman put his head in and announced “Fall
-River!”
-
-All the passengers got out, Ben among them, and made their way to the
-mammoth steamer waiting to convey them to New York.
-
-Every stateroom was taken, and every berth, so that Ben found he should
-have to sit up. He was not alone, however, for there was a considerable
-number in the same predicament. He did not know what to do with his
-bundle till one of the passengers directed him to the baggage-room on
-the lower deck. He carried his package thither and received a check in
-return, which he put into his pocket. Then he went up-stairs again.
-
-Presently he felt hungry, and learning that supper could be had below,
-he went down-stairs. He had to wait a considerable time before there
-was a vacant seat at the tables and he was allowed to enter. The prices
-he found higher than at the restaurant where he had taken breakfast,
-but then it must be stated that the quality of the food provided was
-much better.
-
-Ben made as economical a supper as he could, ordering a cup of coffee
-and some boiled eggs. When he had finished he still felt hungry, but he
-reflected that his finances were limited, and refrained from ordering
-more, but partook heartily of the bread which was liberally supplied.
-
-He was wandering about the boat after supper, when, happening to go
-down to the main deck, he saw a commonly dressed man smoking a clay
-pipe.
-
-There was something familiar in the fellow’s look.
-
-“Where have I seen that face before?” Ben asked himself.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI.
-
-BEN HAS A NARROW ESCAPE.
-
-
-At first Ben was puzzled, but all at once it flashed upon him that the
-man was the one who had tried to rob his stepfather and afterward to
-enter the house. He could see in his face some of the fine bird shot
-which had entered it when he fired the old musket at him.
-
-Now it often happens that a fixed and steady gaze will in some strange
-manner be felt by the person observed. At any rate, in this instance
-Tom Tidd at first looked uneasy, then turning returned Ben’s look. He,
-too, was struck by something familiar in the boy’s face, but his new
-clothes made recognition more difficult.
-
-“What are you starin’ at, kid?” he growled.
-
-“Did you address me, sir?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes, I did. Do you think you’ll know me next time?”
-
-“Perhaps so,” answered Ben.
-
-“Where do you hang out, any way?”
-
-“On this boat at present.”
-
-“Where are you going?”
-
-“To New York.”
-
-“I’m blamed if you don’t look like a young rascal that peppered me with
-bird shot two or three nights ago.”
-
-“How did that happen? Did the gun go off by accident?”
-
-“No, he meant it, confound him!”
-
-“I don’t wonder you don’t like my looks if that is the case.”
-
-“Well, I guess you ain’t him. If you was I’d----”
-
-Here the conversation dropped, and Tom Tidd returned to his pipe, while
-Ben, congratulating himself that his unpleasant neighbor’s suspicions
-had not been confirmed, walked away to another part of the boat.
-
-At ten o’clock Ben settled himself as comfortably as he could for the
-night. It might have been the excitement that prevented his sleeping
-well. At any rate he woke up from a troubled nap about midnight, and
-finding the atmosphere rather close, decided to go on deck for a breath
-of fresh air.
-
-Walking along the starboard side of the steamer in a narrow passage
-lined with staterooms, his attention was attracted to a shambling
-figure looking into one of the rooms with his head protruding through
-the open window.
-
-Instantly Ben stopped in excited attention. As the man withdrew his
-head for an instant and showed his side face, Ben saw that it was his
-country acquaintance Tom Tidd, and he understood at once that his
-object was robbery.
-
-While he was standing irresolute Tom thrust in his hand, and drew
-out the vest of the sleeping passenger, from the pocket of which he
-proceeded to draw out a gold watch with a chain attached.
-
-Without thinking of the imprudence of the step, Ben ran forward, and
-seizing the thief by the arm, cried in a tone of authority, “Drop that!”
-
-Tom Tidd whirled round instantly, naturally startled, as one might well
-be detected in such an act.
-
-“Oh, it’s you, you young rascal!” he exclaimed in a furious tone. “I’ll
-give you a lesson.”
-
-He seized Ben in a vise-like-grip, and lifting him from the deck,
-prepared to throw him overboard. Ben’s heart failed him, as he saw the
-seething waters into which he would probably be thrown. He struggled to
-release himself, and gained a temporary advantage, slipping eel-like
-from the grasp of the burglar.
-
-By a happy inspiration he snatched a whistle from his pocket and blew a
-loud blast following it up by loud cries of “Help! Murder!”
-
-“You’re too late,” hissed the burglar, making another effort to throw
-the boy overboard.
-
-He lifted him above the rail and held him there suspended. Ben gave
-himself up for lost.
-
-It is hard to tell how many thoughts came into his mind in the few
-seconds in which he felt himself at the mercy of the burly ruffian. It
-seemed likely that his career would then and there be cut off, in which
-case this story would never have been written.
-
-But help was at hand. The door of the stateroom was thrown open, and
-the occupant, a strong, muscular man, weighing at least two hundred
-pounds, entered upon the scene.
-
-Quickly comprehending the situation, he grasped Tom Tidd in his
-powerful arms, tore Ben from his clutches, and then demanded sternly,
-“What does all this mean?”
-
-“This man was going to throw me into the water,” gasped Ben.
-
-“And you deserved it, too,” growled the discomfited burglar.
-
-“What had you done?” asked the passenger, addressing himself to Ben.
-
-“He was getting into your stateroom through the window,” exclaimed Ben.
-“He had hold of your vest when I came up and tackled him.”
-
-“Is this so? Where, then, is the vest?”
-
-“He must have dropped it on the floor inside the stateroom.”
-
-“Go in and see if it’s there.”
-
-“Lemme go!” exclaimed Tom Tidd, trying to wriggle out of the grasp of
-the muscular passenger.
-
-“Not yet, my friend! I haven’t done with you.”
-
-“I’ll throw you into the Sound.”
-
-“You may do it if you can. I haven’t belonged to the Manhattan Athletic
-Club for the last five years for nothing.”
-
-“I’ve found the vest,” said Ben from inside the stateroom.
-
-“Is the watch in it?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Good! that watch cost me five hundred dollars in Geneva.”
-
-Tom Tidd groaned inwardly. What a chance he had lost!
-
-“Now go and call some one. This fellow must be secured.”
-
-“Let me go!” pleaded Tidd, becoming alarmed. “I won’t try to enter your
-stateroom again.”
-
-“I don’t mean that you shall have the chance.”
-
-“Let me go!” continued the burglar fiercely, making a hard struggle to
-get free.
-
-“Can’t think of it, my fine fellow. For the sake of the community I
-shall see that you are secured.”
-
-Meanwhile, Ben had run into the saloon and returned with two men--one
-an employee of the boat. Help came none too soon.
-
-Tom Tidd had managed to thrust his hand into his pocket, drawing out a
-large jackknife, which he was trying to open. Had he done so it might
-have fared ill with his captor.
-
-Ben was the first to see the knife.
-
-“Take his knife away!” he exclaimed in excitement.
-
-The two men threw themselves upon the ruffian and managed to deprive
-him of his ugly weapon, throwing it into the water. Then some strong
-cord was obtained, and the fellow, in spite of his struggles, was tied
-securely.
-
-“You are the cause of all this!” he exclaimed, glaring at Ben. “Now
-tell me who you are. Haven’t I met you before?”
-
-“Yes,” answered Ben.
-
-“Where?”
-
-“When I last saw you I was looking out of a third story window at
-midnight.”
-
-“By gum, I thought so. And it was you that peppered me with bird shot.”
-
-“Yes; but I wouldn’t have done so if I hadn’t felt obliged to.”
-
-“And to think I’ve been foiled twice by a kid!” exclaimed Tom Tidd with
-an expression of disgust. “I’ll get even with you yet.”
-
-“What does he mean?” asked Grant Griswold, the occupant of the
-stateroom.
-
-Ben explained.
-
-“Evidently the man is a confirmed rogue. How did you happen to be on
-deck so late?”
-
-“It was close in the saloon and I came up to get a breath of fresh air.”
-
-“Luckily for me. Have you a stateroom?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“Then, if you like, occupy mine. There is an upper berth at your
-service.”
-
-“Thank you sir. I will accept your invitation.”
-
-“I won’t talk any more with you now, but in the morning I will ask
-you to breakfast with me, and you can tell me more about yourself. I
-suppose as my caller is now secured it won’t hurt to keep my window
-open.”
-
-The rest of the night was uneventful. Both Ben and his new friend slept
-soundly, and only waked up when the steamer was passing under Brooklyn
-Bridge.
-
-“Are you awake, my young friend?” asked Mr. Griswold, after he had
-performed his ablutions.
-
-“Yes,” answered Ben, rubbing his eyes.
-
-“And do you know where you are?” went on his companion, smiling.
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“We are near the pier in New York and I advise you to get up and
-prepare for landing.”
-
-“That won’t take long, sir, as I didn’t undress.”
-
-Ben secured his bundle and the two left the steamer. Ben looked about
-curiously.
-
-“Are you expecting any one to meet you, Ben?” asked Mr. Griswold, who
-had inquired the name of his young roommate.
-
-“No, sir; I know no one in New York.”
-
-“We will go up to the Astor House to breakfast.”
-
-Ben had heard of the Astor House, but had no particular idea with
-regard to it. At the suggestion of his new friend his bundle was left
-in the package room of the hotel and they went up-stairs into the
-dining-saloon. Two gentlemen at a neighboring table recognized Mr.
-Griswold, and looked rather curiously at Ben.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII.
-
-A NEW ACQUAINTANCE.
-
-
-“I say, Griswold,” said a gentleman seated at a neighboring table, “is
-that your son?”
-
-Grant Griswold smiled.
-
-“Hardly,” he said. “Ben, how old are you?”
-
-“Nearly sixteen.”
-
-“And I am only thirty-two, so that hypothesis lacks probability. We
-are only recent acquaintances, or, let me say, friends, but I hope our
-friendship will continue.”
-
-“Thank you, sir,” said Ben. “I hope so too.”
-
-As the meal progressed Mr. Griswold questioned Ben as to his plans.
-
-“I want to make a living,” said Ben, “but I know so little about the
-city that I can’t tell yet which will be the best way.”
-
-“I would look out for something for you, but unfortunately I sail for
-Europe next Saturday, to be gone for three months. Have you any friends
-in New York?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“You will need a recommendation, and I will write you one before I
-leave town. I haven’t known you long, but what I have seen of you gives
-me confidence in your good qualities. By the way, I shall need some one
-to help me pack, and I will keep you with me till I start for Europe.
-It will only be three days, but that will give you a chance to look
-about you, and will enable you to say you have been in my employ.”
-
-“You are very kind, Mr. Griswold,” said Ben gratefully. “I didn’t
-expect to meet such a friend so soon.”
-
-After breakfast Ben, accompanying Mr. Griswold, went up-town to a large
-building on lower Fifth Avenue, where Mr. Griswold rented a suite of
-rooms.
-
-“You will occupy the small bedroom adjoining mine,” said Griswold, “and
-I will set you to work while I go out and make a few calls.”
-
-During the day Ben was sent on several errands, and though a stranger
-to the city he managed to acquit himself creditably, making inquiries
-about locations when he was at fault.
-
-Three days later he went to see his patron off on the Etruria.
-
-Mr. Griswold handed him a ten-dollar bill and bade him good-by.
-
-“I wish you good luck, Ben,” he said. “Be sure to call on me when I
-return.”
-
-Ben waited on the dock till the floating hotel was fairly under way,
-and then turned away, feeling very lonely. He could hardly realize that
-the friend whom he so much regretted had been utterly unknown to him
-four days previous. Now he had no one to lean upon. He must rely wholly
-upon himself.
-
-Two things must be done at once. He must find a room and employment.
-He had taken down two or three names of lodging-houses from the New
-York _Herald_, which Mr. Griswold took in every morning. One of them
-was on West Twelfth Street. He took a car and went up there. The door
-was opened by a woman of ample proportions, who regarded Ben with a
-critical eye.
-
-“Well, young man?” she said in a tone of business-like inquiry.
-
-“I want to hire a room,” said Ben.
-
-“Will you occupy it alone?”
-
-“Yes, madam.”
-
-“Do you wish a large or a small room?”
-
-“I want a low-priced room.”
-
-“That means a small room.”
-
-“I have no objection to a large room if the price is low,” said Ben,
-smiling.
-
-“No doubt. Well, follow me up-stairs.”
-
-Mrs. Robinson was stout and unwieldy, and seemed to find it difficult
-to go up-stairs. At the head of the second flight she threw open the
-door of a small hall bedroom very plainly furnished.
-
-“You can have that room for two dollars a week,” she said.
-
-“It is very small,” remarked Ben doubtfully.
-
-“It is as good as you can expect for two dollars. I can give you a fine
-square room for five dollars.”
-
-“That is more than I can afford to pay. I think I will take this room
-for a short time and see how I like it.”
-
-“Are you in any business?”
-
-“I am looking for a place.”
-
-Mrs. Robinson’s face changed slightly.
-
-“I require the first week in advance,” she said significantly.
-
-“Very well.”
-
-Ben took out his pocketbook and tendered her a ten-dollar bill, the one
-he had just received from Mr. Griswold.
-
-Mrs. Robinson, seeing the denomination of the bill, regarded Ben with
-increased respect.
-
-“I am afraid I can’t change a ten,” she said.
-
-“I believe I have a two here,” returned Ben, exploring his wallet.
-
-“Very well. I will write you a receipt. What is your name?”
-
-“Ben--that is, Benjamin Bruce.”
-
-“I think we shall get along very well, Mr. Bruce,” said the landlady
-graciously. “I hope you will have success in getting a place.”
-
-“Thank you.”
-
-“Do you wish to sleep here to-night?”
-
-Ben answered in the affirmative, and Mrs. Robinson gave him a latch-key.
-
-“That will let you in at any time, but I hope you are a steady young
-man and don’t keep very late hours.”
-
-“I don’t expect to,” answered Ben, with a smile.
-
-“I had a young man in this room last spring who annoyed me very much
-by coming home drunk and disturbing the house in his efforts to get
-up-stairs.”
-
-“I don’t expect to trouble you in that way,” said Ben. “I don’t know
-many people in the city” (he didn’t like to say “any,” though he might
-have done so truthfully), “and shall not be tempted to keep late hours.”
-
-It did not take long for Ben to establish himself in his new room. He
-went out and took a walk on Broadway.
-
-He thought he would defer looking for a place till the next morning. He
-stayed out several hours, and then feeling fatigued, went back to the
-lodging-house.
-
-He lay down on the bed in his clothes, but had hardly been there ten
-minutes when there was a knock on his door.
-
-Ben was rather surprised at having a caller so soon, but he turned his
-face to the door and said, “Come in!”
-
-A young man, apparently about twenty-five, entered. He had long black
-hair, and a broad, high forehead.
-
-“Excuse me,” he said, “but you are a new lodger.”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Let me introduce myself then. My name is Sylvanus Snodgrass, and I
-occupy the small room across the hall.”
-
-“I am glad to see you, Mr. Snodgrass. Won’t you sit down? You will
-excuse my sitting on the bed as I have but one chair.”
-
-“It is the same in my room. May I ask your name?”
-
-“Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Excuse me, but are you literary?”
-
-“Not at all,” answered Ben, rather surprised.
-
-“You have a good name for an author, both names beginning with the same
-letter.”
-
-“Are you literary, Mr. Snodgrass?”
-
-“Yes,” answered the young man complacently. “Do you ever read the
-_Weekly Bugle_, a literary paper?”
-
-“I don’t think I have.”
-
-“I am having a serial story run through it. It is called ‘The
-Ragpicker’s Curse.’”
-
-Ben was not much of a judge of literature, but it didn’t seem to him
-that this title suggested a high order of literary merit.
-
-“Did it take you long to write it?” he asked.
-
-“I wrote it in four weeks. It is in forty chapters. I was greatly
-enthused when I wrote it.”
-
-“Were you?”
-
-“I was so much interested that one day I wrote eight hours on a
-stretch, and then fainted away.”
-
-Mr. Snodgrass mentioned this little circumstance in a very complacent
-tone.
-
-“The literary life is a very absorbing one,” he continued. “When I have
-finished a story I am simply exhausted.”
-
-“I hope it pays well,” said Ben.
-
-“Not as it should, Mr. Bruce, not as it should. But money is not
-everything. I hope to acquire fame, to live in the hearts of future
-generations,” and the young man’s pale cheeks flushed.
-
-Ben doubted whether such stories as “The Ragpicker’s Curse” would be
-likely to win enduring fame for the author, but out of consideration
-for the feelings of Mr. Snodgrass he kept silent on this point.
-
-“I hear that Howells makes a good deal of money by his novels,” he said.
-
-“Howells!” repeated Mr. Snodgrass scornfully. “He couldn’t write a
-story for the _Weekly Bugle_. There isn’t excitement enough in his
-productions.”
-
-“Still, I think I should like to be in his shoes.”
-
-“Oh, no doubt there is some merit in his stories,” said Sylvanus
-Snodgrass condescendingly, “but I don’t admire them for my part. They
-lack snap and fire.”
-
-“Probably he couldn’t write a story like ‘The Ragpicker’s Curse.’”
-
-“I won’t express any opinion on that subject,” said Mr. Snodgrass
-modestly. “If you ever feel inclined to write a story, Mr. Bruce, I
-shall be glad to introduce you to our editor.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Snodgrass, you are very kind.”
-
-“Oh, don’t mention it, Mr. Bruce. I know what it is to struggle and I
-like to help young writers. By the way, have you had supper?”
-
-“Not yet.”
-
-“Suppose we go out together. I like company when I eat.”
-
-Ben accepted the suggestion. Lonely as he felt he welcomed the
-companionship even of Sylvanus Snodgrass. He put on his hat, and they
-walked down-stairs together.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII.
-
-BEN IS INTRODUCED TO A POET.
-
-
-Mr. Snodgrass led the way to a small restaurant two or three streets
-distant, and the two went in and seated themselves at a table covered
-with a cloth of far from immaculate whiteness.
-
-Taking up the bill of fare, Ben was pleased to find that the prices
-were very moderate.
-
-“Do you often come here, Mr. Snodgrass?” he asked.
-
-“Yes, except when I have occasion to be down town. Then I go into a
-restaurant on Park Row.”
-
-“The only place I ever heard mentioned before I came here is
-Delmonico’s.”
-
-“Yes,” answered Mr. Snodgrass. “Del keeps a fine place, but I seldom
-go there. In a small place like this you are more apt to meet men
-and women of brains. One evening I met here Gloriana Podd, the great
-poetess. Of course you have heard of her?”
-
-“I am not sure that I have.”
-
-“She writes for several of the popular weeklies, and I am told that
-her poems are sometimes copied in the London papers. I am surprised
-that you haven’t heard of her.”
-
-“My stepfather didn’t take any weekly papers. He thought too much of
-his money.”
-
-“Then I presume you had never heard of _me_.”
-
-Ben acknowledged that he had not.
-
-“You were evidently buried in the country. Now that you are in a great
-metropolis you will live--and learn.”
-
-“I hope so.”
-
-“Of course I will do all I can for you. I will introduce you to our
-editor at any time.”
-
-“Thank you, but I will wait a little. I think he would not care to meet
-a boy.”
-
-“Any friend of mine would be welcome, Mr. Bruce. But here comes the
-waiter. What will you have?”
-
-“Give your order first, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“A plate of corned beef hash and a cup of coffee,” said Mr. Snodgrass.
-
-“You may bring me some fried eggs and a cup of tea,” added Ben.
-
-The hash was brought and with it a few slices of bread and a square
-of pale butter. The hash did not look very inviting, but the novelist
-partook of it with evident relish.
-
-“I think I will take a piece of pie,” he said, as the last mouthful of
-hash disappeared, “Ralph Waldo Emerson ate pie at every meal. Of course
-you have heard of Emerson.”
-
-“Yes; did he write for the _Bugle_?” asked Ben with a smile.
-
-“No; our readers prefer romance. It may seem presumptuous in me to say
-so, but I really believe they enjoy my productions better than the
-essays of Emerson.”
-
-“I have no doubt of it. I hope, Mr. Snodgrass, you will give me a
-chance to read some of your stories.”
-
-“I will with pleasure. I have several of them in weekly numbers of the
-_Bugle_.”
-
-Ben, too, ventured upon a piece of pie. He did not wholly enjoy
-the dishes provided at the restaurant. He felt that he should have
-preferred his mother’s cooking. The charges, however, were moderate.
-Only twenty cents for each person.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass rose from the table and took up his check.
-
-Then he thrust his hand into his pockets, and after a little his face
-wore an air of perplexity.
-
-“I really believe I haven’t any money with me,” he said. “I must have
-left it in the pockets of my other trousers. Awkward, isn’t it?”
-
-“I will advance you the money, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Ben.
-
-“Thank you,” rejoined the novelist with an air of relief. “You shall
-soon have it back. The publisher of the _Bugle_ is owing me a balance
-of ten dollars on my serial, and that I shall probably collect
-to-morrow. I shall be glad to reimburse you.”
-
-“No hurry, Mr. Snodgrass!”
-
-“You are very kind, Mr. Bruce. I am really delighted to have made your
-acquaintance.”
-
-“Thank you. Were you always an author, Mr. Snodgrass?”
-
-“I was a schoolboy once,” said the novelist facetiously.
-
-“Of course, but when were you old enough to go to work?”
-
-“I used to work at Macy’s, but I felt it was drudgery. It was poor
-business for a man of intellect and imagination. I wrote a few short
-stories for the weeklies, and one day, having a little difference with
-my employer, I resigned, and boldly threw myself upon literature as an
-avocation.”
-
-“How long ago was that?”
-
-“Almost a year since.”
-
-“And have you got along pretty well?”
-
-“I have had to live a life of self-denial, but I am working for
-the future. Some day I mean to make the name of Sylvanus Snodgrass
-renowned. What will my old friends at Macy’s say then?”
-
-“They will congratulate you, I should think.”
-
-Mr. Snodgrass shook his head.
-
-“No, they will be jealous of my fame,” he said. “Some of them even
-now turn up their noses at me. They have no soul above the goods they
-sell. They do not realize that my stories are read all over the United
-States. An old schoolmate of mine in San Francisco wrote me last week
-that he read everything I wrote.”
-
-“That must be very gratifying,” remarked Ben.
-
-“It is, Mr. Bruce. I hope you may be induced to try your hand at a
-story.”
-
-“I will think of it after I have a place.”
-
-“I shall be glad to give you points and read your productions
-critically. Have you had any place yet?”
-
-“I was for a short time in the employ of Mr. Grant Griswold, living on
-Fifth Avenue, but he sailed for Europe this morning.”
-
-“So you are out of a place.”
-
-“At present, yes.”
-
-“Suppose we walk up to Union Square and take a seat on one of the
-benches.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-They found an unoccupied bench and sat down.
-
-Presently a rather short young man with dark hair and a small mustache
-approached.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass pointed him out.
-
-“That is Cornelius Clyde, the poet,” he said.
-
-“Indeed!”
-
-“Would you like to be introduced?”
-
-“I have no objection.”
-
-“It is a great privilege to know Clyde,” said Mr. Snodgrass, who
-thought Ben spoke too indifferently. “How are you, Mr. Clyde?”
-
-“I am well, thanks,” rejoined the poet.
-
-“Won’t you sit down? I should like to introduce you to my friend, Ben
-Bruce.”
-
-“I am glad to meet you, Mr. Bruce. Are you one of us?”
-
-“I am not a writer.”
-
-“Ah, it’s a pity.”
-
-“I shall try to draw Mr. Bruce into our circle,” said Sylvanus. “I have
-offered to introduce a story, if he will write one, to the notice of
-our editor.”
-
-“Story? Ah yes,” said the poet condescendingly. “Do you ever write
-verse, Mr. Bruce?”
-
-“I have never tried. I don’t think I could.”
-
-“Of course it is much more difficult than to write stories.”
-
-“Have you written anything new lately, Clyde?” asked Mr. Snodgrass.
-
-“I have just sent one to the office of the _Weekly Tomahawk_. I would
-have sent it to the _Atlantic Monthly_, but that magazine is run by a
-clique, and no outsider stands any chance of getting in.”
-
-“That is too bad!” said Sylvanus Snodgrass sympathizingly.
-
-“But I shall yet succeed,” went on the poet, earnestly. “The time will
-come when they will apply to me, and ask me to name my own terms.”
-
-“I hope so, I am sure. I experience the same difficulty. I offered a
-serial story to the _Century_ three months ago, but it was respectfully
-declined. What do you think of that?”
-
-“I should have expected it,” answered Clyde.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass looked at the poet to see whether the words contained
-any hidden meaning, but he was apparently satisfied that no slight was
-intended, and began to discuss writers and publishers with Mr. Clyde.
-The names introduced were unknown to Ben, and he was not, therefore,
-very much interested.
-
-“I hear that Gloriana Podd is to bring out a new volume of poems soon,”
-said Snodgrass. “I wonder you don’t do the same.”
-
-“Has she found a publisher to take the risk?”
-
-“No; it is printed at her own expense.”
-
-“So I supposed. Now I object to that. I shall wait till some publisher
-asks the privilege of bringing me out in book form.”
-
-Presently the poet rose.
-
-“I have a poem to finish ere I sleep,” he said. “Good night to you
-both.”
-
-“Good night.”
-
-“Is writing poetry Mr. Clyde’s only business?” asked Ben.
-
-“Well no, not exactly. He couldn’t live on it, you know. He works in a
-down-town barber shop, but he has his evenings to himself.”
-
-“I should think that would be disagreeable business for a poet,” said
-Ben in surprise.
-
-“It is not wholly congenial, but he tells me that when he is shaving or
-cutting hair the most beautiful poetic fancies come to him at times.
-Then when Saturday night arrives and he pockets his salary, he feels
-repaid. It is hard for a poet or a romancer when he cannot pay his
-board.”
-
-“I should think so,” returned Ben.
-
-Just as they parted for the night Mr. Snodgrass observed casually, “I
-am going to ask a little favor of you, Mr. Bruce.”
-
-“What is it?” asked Ben cautiously.
-
-“I am owing Mrs. Robinson for a week’s room rent. It should have been
-paid yesterday. If you could kindly lend me two dollars till to-morrow
-afternoon I will go in and pay her to-night.”
-
-“It is quite out of the question, Mr. Snodgrass,” said Ben decidedly.
-“I have but a little money, and don’t know when I shall get a place.”
-
-“It is immaterial!” returned Snodgrass. “I thought it possible you
-could oblige me. Good night!”
-
-“Good night!”
-
-Ben began to think he had better avoid too great intimacy with Sylvanus
-Snodgrass.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV.
-
-THINGS AT WRAYBURN.
-
-
-While Ben is considering how he can find employment, we will go back to
-Wrayburn.
-
-Jacob Winter felt very sorry over Ben’s running away. His stepson was a
-strong boy and would have been of considerable service on the farm even
-if Mr. Flack had not agreed to take him. But what troubled Jacob most
-was the fifty dollars a year which the shoemaker had agreed to pay him.
-
-Then, too, he felt that Ben had defied his authority, and had come out
-victorious. It was not pleasant to be worsted by a boy.
-
-He felt obliged to go round to Silas Flack’s shop and inform him of
-what had happened. The shoemaker looked up when the farmer entered the
-store.
-
-“Good morning, Mr. Winter. How are you this morning?”
-
-“Tollable, but I’ve had something to vex me.”
-
-“What’s that?”
-
-“Ben has gone away.”
-
-“Gone away? Where?”
-
-“He’s run away, I expect.”
-
-“What’s he run away for?”
-
-“Well, he didn’t like the idee of goin’ to work in a shoe-shop.”
-
-“He was over here and had a talk with me yesterday. He didn’t seem to
-like the idee, but I thought it was only a boy’s notion. You don’t mean
-to say he’s run away on that account?”
-
-“When I went up this mornin’ to call him I couldn’t find any trace of
-him.”
-
-“Hadn’t the bed been slept in?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“Then he must have gone away last night.”
-
-“He went over and slept with the Graham boy. He tells me that Ben got
-up early this mornin’ and walked over to the railroad and took the cars
-for Boston.”
-
-“Did he have any money with him?”
-
-“He had two dollars given him by his mother.”
-
-“Did _she_ know he was going to run away?”
-
-“Well, she surmised it, and she upholds the boy in it. She wanted him
-to go to the high school.”
-
-“That was all foolishness. He knows as much as you or I now and maybe
-more.”
-
-“Yes, I’ve done my duty by Ben in givin’ him an eddication. What’s
-enough for you and me is enough for him.”
-
-“That’s so. Well, how about our engagement?”
-
-“It’ll be carried out,” said Jacob firmly. “I’ll get the boy back, but
-it may be a leetle later than I calculated.”
-
-“What steps have you taken? Did you say he went to Boston?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Shall you go to Boston and bring him back?”
-
-“Well, I might not find him easy, and it costs money to travel. But I
-expect he’ll be comin’ back himself. Two dollars won’t last him very
-long, and he’ll be glad enough to come home.”
-
-“Will he have money enough to get back?”
-
-“He may have to foot it, but it will do him good. He ought to suffer a
-little for his foolishness. Just keep the place open for him, Silas,
-and I’ll see that he comes as soon as he gets back.”
-
-“All right, Mr. Winter. I always thought Ben was smart even if he is a
-bit headstrong, and I’d be glad to have him with me.”
-
-Mr. Winter left the shoemaker’s somewhat encouraged. The place was
-still open to Ben, and he had not yet lost the fifty dollars a year
-which he was to receive by contract.
-
-“We’ll see if a boy’s goin’ to get the best of me,” he soliloquized,
-nodding his head emphatically. “Ben’s got his mother on his side, but
-when Jacob Winter puts down his foot that settles it.”
-
-The next morning, as Mrs. Winter was at work in the kitchen, there was
-a knock at the side door. Opening it she found her caller to be a man
-well known about the village, Jonathan Smith by name. He was elderly
-and a bachelor, and acted as janitor of one of the churches.
-
-“How are you, Jonathan?” she said.
-
-“I’m so’s to be round, Mrs. Winter. I hear your boy Ben has gone away.”
-
-“Yes, he has gone to Boston.”
-
-“I suppose you ain’t heerd of him since he went away?”
-
-“No; have you any news of him?” asked Mrs. Winter, detecting some
-significance in Jonathan’s tone.
-
-“Yes,” answered Jonathan complacently, and he began to open a copy of
-the Boston _Globe_, considerably to Mrs. Winter’s surprise. What could
-Ben have to do with the _Globe_?
-
-Opening the paper Jonathan pointed out Ben’s picture, saying, “What do
-you say to that?”
-
-“Why, it’s Ben!” exclaimed Mrs. Winter in surprise and agitation.
-“What’s happened? Has he met with any accident?”
-
-“No; he’s saved a boy from being bit by a mad dog. You just read it,
-and it’ll tell you all about it.”
-
-Mrs. Winter did read it, and she felt proud of Ben’s bravery.
-
-“It’s kind of smart of Ben gettin’ into the paper,” remarked Jonathan.
-
-“Can you leave me the paper, Jonathan?”
-
-“Yes, I reckon so. I know where I can get another.”
-
-“Let me pay you for it, and come in and eat a piece of mince pie. I’ve
-got one fresh-baked. You were kind to bring me round the paper.”
-
-“You see Ben always treated me well. Some of the boys plague me, but he
-never did.”
-
-About an hour later Mr. Winter came into the house. He was rather
-cross, for he had been doing some chores which would have fallen to Ben
-had he been home.
-
-“I wish I had Ben here,” he said in a grumbling tone. “Like as not,
-he’s sufferin’ for his foolishness. I shouldn’t wonder if he was hungry
-and wished himself home. What can a boy like that do in Boston?”
-
-“He seems to have done himself credit there, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“What?” demanded Jacob. “You hain’t heard from him, have you?”
-
-“Only through the paper.”
-
-“What do you mean by that, Mrs. W.? Is there anything about Ben in the
-paper?”
-
-“Look at that, Mr. Winter.”
-
-Jacob Winter put on his glasses, and stared open-mouthed at Ben’s
-picture in the _Globe_.
-
-“Well, that beats all!” he exclaimed.
-
-“I guess a boy like that can make his way,” said the mother proudly.
-
-Mr. Winter read carefully the account of Ben and his exploit, and
-hardly knew what to say.
-
-“He won’t have to fight a mad dog every day,” he observed at length.
-
-“No, I hope not,” returned the mother fervently, “but it shows he’s
-brave. I think this man will prove a friend to him.”
-
-Jacob Winter went out to the barn in a thoughtful mood. He began to
-think it less likely that Ben would “foot it back” to Wrayburn. But
-none the less he wished him back. Such a boy would eventually be a
-source of profit to him.
-
-The next day Albert Graham came to the house.
-
-“I’ve had a letter from Ben,” he said.
-
-“Is it possible? Where did he write from?” asked Mrs. Winter eagerly.
-
-“From New York. Here it is.”
-
-Mrs. Winter read the letter eagerly. It ran as follows:
-
- “DEAR ALBERT:
-
- “You see I have got to New York safe and sound. I had a little
- adventure in Boston which got into the Boston _Globe_. I know
- your folks take that paper, so I need not say any more about
- it, except that Mr. Wentworth, whose boy I saved from being
- bitten by a mad dog, treated me very kindly and generously. As
- my coat was spoiled he gave me an order on a tailor for a new
- suit, and told me to spare no expense. My suit cost twenty-five
- dollars, so you can judge that it is a fine one. The coat I had
- on when I left home was old and shabby, and I was glad to give
- it up. A poor boy asked me for it, and I gave it to him.
-
- “That was not all. When the thing happened my cousin Adelbert
- was with me. Mr. Wentworth invited us both to dinner at his
- house on Mt. Vernon Street. He lives in a fine house, and we
- had a tip-top dinner. You see I was pretty well paid.
-
- “But that was not all. A new silver watch and chain was given
- to me before I left the house, and I was told that I must
- consider that a present from Paul, the little boy. You just
- ought to see me, Albert, in my new clothes and with my silver
- watch. Mr. Winter would open his eyes if he should see me. I
- haven’t any reason to be sorry yet that I left home.
-
- “Now about coming to New York. On the boat I came across the
- burglar that tried to rob Mr. Winter, and I caught him robbing
- a gentleman’s stateroom. I was in time to give the alarm. The
- gentleman is a Mr. Griswold, a member of an athletic club in
- New York. He has taken me into his employ for three or four
- days till he starts for Europe. I wish he were going to stay
- in the city, for I think he would give me a permanent place.
- However, I have fared so well already that I guess I can get
- along. Please let mother read this letter. I write you, for I
- am afraid Mr. Winter might intercept any letter I wrote to her.
- I will write her soon and send it to your care. Mr. Griswold
- has just come in and I must close.
-
- “Your affectionate friend,
- “BEN.”
-
-“Isn’t Ben having splendid luck, Mrs. Winter?” said Albert.
-
-“Yes, and I have reason to feel thankful.”
-
-When Mr. Winter came in and suggested that Ben was probably “footin’ it
-home,” his wife only smiled.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV.
-
-BEN GETS EMPLOYMENT.
-
-
-Though Ben was well dressed and had a watch, his stock of money was
-small. Every day diminished this, and matters began to look serious.
-
-He made application at various places for employment, but generally
-found some one ahead of him. He was, however, offered one place at two
-dollars and a half a week, and another at three dollars, but neither
-of these sums would pay his expenses, and if he accepted he would be
-prevented from securing a more remunerative post.
-
-After paying in advance the third week’s rent for his room, Ben found
-that he had but a dollar and thirty-seven cents left.
-
-“Haven’t you found a place yet?” asked the landlady.
-
-“Not yet,” answered Ben soberly, “but I hope to obtain one this week.”
-
-“I hope you will, I’m sure, for I am a poor widow, and though I should
-hate to send you away I must look out for my own interest.”
-
-“I can’t blame you for that, Mrs. Robinson.”
-
-“There’s Mr. Snodgrass don’t pay me regular. He’s owing me for two
-weeks, and it’s inconvenient. Still he has work, and I’ll be paid some
-time. Couldn’t he get you something to do where he works?”
-
-“I am afraid I couldn’t write stories,” said Ben, smiling.
-
-“Is that what he does? I thought it was copying.”
-
-Sylvanus Snodgrass would have felt deeply hurt had he supposed that any
-one took him--a famous author--for a copyist.
-
-“I will try to get something to do this week,” went on Ben. “At any
-rate I don’t want to keep the room longer than I can pay for it.”
-
-Two days later the dollar was gone and but thirty-seven cents remained.
-Though cheerful and sanguine naturally, poor Ben felt despondent.
-
-“I will take any employment that offers,” he said to himself, as he
-left the house at an early hour.
-
-He directed his steps eastward, and soon found himself on the Bowery.
-
-He had not yet eaten breakfast. He was in search of a restaurant where
-the prices would not be too great for his limited means. At last he
-found one, where plates of meat were advertised for ten cents, baked
-beans five cents, and coffee or tea three cents.
-
-He entered and seating himself at a table ordered a cup of coffee and
-some beans. With the latter were brought two triangular slices of bread
-and a small pat of butter that was probably oleomargarine. This made
-his meal ticket eight cents, which certainly could not be regarded as
-extravagant.
-
-When he was paying for his breakfast something led him to inquire of
-the proprietor, who acted as his own cashier, if he knew of any place
-he could get.
-
-“Do you want work?” asked the restaurant keeper, eying Ben with some
-surprise.
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“How is that? You’ve got good clothes, and have a watch.”
-
-“That is true, but I have only a very little money.”
-
-“Do you mind what you do?”
-
-“No,” answered Ben desperately, “I am willing to do anything.”
-
-“Then maybe I can offer you a job.”
-
-Ben wondered what it could be. Perhaps he was to be offered the
-position of waiter. He did not think he should like this, and doubted
-whether he could safely carry a pile of dishes without endangering
-their safety and soiling his clothes.
-
-“What is it?” he asked.
-
-“You can stand at the door and distribute some of my bills.”
-
-This was distinctly better than waiting in the restaurant.
-
-“What will you pay?”
-
-“Well, I’ll give you three meals a day.”
-
-Considering the character of the meals Ben felt that this would not be
-quite satisfactory. He could probably live better on three dollars a
-week.
-
-“I think I ought to have more than that,” he said.
-
-“It’s easy work,” rejoined the proprietor persuasively.
-
-“But I shall need a little money.”
-
-Finally Ben succeeded in making a bargain for his meals and twenty-five
-cents a day, payable at seven o’clock when his duties would close. This
-was not much, and he could not tell where he could get enough to pay
-his weekly rent, but in the low state of his finances he did not feel
-justified in refusing the offer.
-
-“All right,” he said, “I’ll try it for a while.”
-
-“Don’t give to everybody--only to those who are likely to come in
-and eat. I had a boy working for me last week who gave circulars to
-five-year old kids, and I had to run up a big printing bill to keep him
-supplied. I only gave him his meals, but he was a ragged boy, and you
-are so well dressed that it will give tone to my establishment.”
-
-Ben felt glad that his good clothes were likely to increase his
-earnings. He took his stand outside the restaurant and began to
-distribute circulars.
-
-Evidently he created a favorable impression, for several persons of a
-grade higher than the ordinary frequenters of the restaurant took the
-bills and entered, considerably to the satisfaction of the watchful
-landlord. But they were not all satisfied.
-
-“I say, Johnny,” said a florid-looking man, as he left the eating
-house, “I don’t think much of your hotel. I thought from your looks it
-was something away up. Do you eat there?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Then I don’t admire your taste. Are you the landlord’s son?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“You needn’t expect me to go in again.”
-
-“No, sir, I won’t. I am sorry you were not pleased.”
-
-“I shall have to go somewhere else and get a decent meal.”
-
-“I wish I could,” thought Ben.
-
-At twelve o’clock Ben felt hungry. His breakfast had been scanty and
-did not seem to have staying power.
-
-“Can I have my dinner now?” he asked as he entered the restaurant.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-Ben sat down at a table and looked over the bill of fare. Among the
-items was “Roast Chicken--25 cents.”
-
-“You may bring me roast chicken and a cup of coffee,” he told the
-waiter.
-
-The latter went up to the proprietor and spoke to him in a low voice.
-Then he returned.
-
-“The boss says you can have any ten cent plate of meat,” he said. “He
-never gives roast chicken to his help.”
-
-“Don’t you get it?”
-
-“No.”
-
-Ben felt disappointed. Hungry as he was he felt the need of a good
-dinner.
-
-“You can bring me the chicken,” he said, “and I will pay ten cents
-extra. Will that do?”
-
-“Yes; that will be satisfactory.”
-
-The chicken was hardly as good as would have been given at a
-high-priced restaurant. In fact it was rather tough, but then Ben’s
-teeth were good, and hungry as he was he enjoyed it.
-
-He found that he was entitled to a piece of pudding or pie, and
-accordingly ordered a plate of apple pudding.
-
-After finishing his meal he felt better. He resumed his place at the
-door, and half an hour later was greeted by a familiar voice. Looking
-up he met the astonished gaze of Sylvanus Snodgrass.
-
-“What does this mean, Bruce?” he asked.
-
-Ben felt rather embarrassed, for it was not a business that he was
-proud of.
-
-“It means that I have found work,” he said.
-
-“Distributing bills for a beanery,” said the romancer.
-
-“That’s about it.”
-
-“Well, let me see one of the bills.”
-
-Ben handed him one.
-
-“Seems cheap,” said Sylvanus, “and suits my purse, for I’m pretty short
-to-day. Can you recommend it?”
-
-“I can recommend the prices,” said Ben.
-
-“Well, I’ll risk it. I would rather eat at Delmonico’s, but I have no
-credit there, and I must e’en take up with a restaurant of a lower
-grade.”
-
-Mr. Snodgrass entered the place and emerged therefrom in twenty minutes.
-
-“How did you like it?” asked Ben.
-
-“I have eaten at worse places, but not much worse,” answered the
-“novelist.” “I say, Bruce, if you have any influence with the boss, ask
-him to supply a better article of butter, I’m not stuck on oleo.”
-
-“I am afraid I haven’t much influence with the ‘boss,’ as you call him.”
-
-“You might hint to him that I am the great Sylvanus Snodgrass--perhaps
-he reads the _Bugle_--and he may treat me better than the rest of his
-customers.”
-
-“I am afraid he is not literary, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“Very likely. He doesn’t look intellectual. But Bruce, I am surprised
-that you should take such a place.”
-
-“You wouldn’t be su’prised if you knew how little money there is in my
-purse.”
-
-“I was about to strike you for half a dollar. I suppose it wouldn’t be
-any use.”
-
-“No, it wouldn’t. I haven’t as much money as that. Perhaps Mr. Clyde
-would oblige you.”
-
-“I owe him fifty already. I hate to speak ill of Cornelius, but he is
-close. He doesn’t understand the obligations of friendship. Well, ta,
-ta! I will see you to-night.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI.
-
-BEN VISITS MR. SIMPSON.
-
-
-Ben kept at work for the remainder of the week, but felt far from
-satisfied with his position and pay. He found that his three meals a
-day included only the cheapest and least desirable dishes, and having
-the hearty appetite of a healthy boy he felt obliged to supplement them
-by ordering extra food at his own expense.
-
-So it happened that at the week’s end he had but forty cents coming to
-him. Another week’s rent was due, and this was all he had to meet it.
-
-“What shall I do?” he asked Mr. Snodgrass, in perplexity.
-
-“Haven’t you got something to hock?” asked the writer.
-
-“What do you mean by ‘hock?’” asked Ben.
-
-“Pawn, of course. Where were you educated?”
-
-“I never heard the word ‘hock’ before. I know the meaning of pawn.”
-
-“There’s your watch, now. You might hock that.”
-
-“I wouldn’t like to part with it. It was a present.”
-
-“Bless your soul, nobody likes to pawn his valuables, but everybody has
-to do it some time. Did you ever notice that I don’t carry a watch?”
-
-“You have a chain.”
-
-“Yes, but that is all. Sometimes people ask me what time it is, and
-I answer that my watch isn’t going. So I keep up the illusion. The
-funniest thing is that a pickpocket tried one day to relieve me of my
-watch. When he pulled out the chain and found nothing attached to it he
-looked foolish, I tell you.”
-
-“I should think he would,” said Ben, laughing. “But where is your
-watch?”
-
-“It’s reposing in Simpson’s safe, my dear boy.”
-
-“But who is Simpson?”
-
-“Never heard of Simpson?” ejaculated Sylvanus, arching his eyebrows.
-“Why, he’s the poor man’s friend; that is, they are, for there’s more
-than one of them. The particular Simpson I mean has an office half way
-down the Bowery.”
-
-“Would he lend me something on my watch?”
-
-“Of course he would. Let me look at it.”
-
-Ben submitted the watch to Mr. Snodgrass for examination.
-
-“That’s a good watch,” said the author. “It probably cost eighteen or
-twenty dollars. You could possibly get five dollars on it.”
-
-“No more?”
-
-“Yes, if you want to sell it; but you are only hocking it.”
-
-“How long can I have to redeem it?”
-
-“A year. The first six months you pay three per cent. a month interest.”
-
-“Three per cent. a month!” ejaculated Ben in dismay.
-
-“Of course. You don’t suppose pawnbrokers carry on business for fun, do
-you?”
-
-“But that seems a good deal to pay.”
-
-“The second six months you only pay two per cent. monthly.”
-
-“That is a good deal, too.”
-
-“Well, you don’t have to hock it, you know.”
-
-“Yes, I must,” said Ben with a sigh. “I must pay my rent.”
-
-“Then I’ll go down to Simpson’s with you,” said Snodgrass briskly. “I
-know the ropes.”
-
-“Thank you. I shouldn’t like to go alone.”
-
-“No; you wouldn’t know how to manage. Come along.”
-
-The two friends walked to Simpson’s, neither having any spare money to
-pay car fare. They entered the loan office and waited their turn, for
-several were ahead of them.
-
-An old Irish woman was haggling for a larger loan on a worn and dirty
-shawl.
-
-“Sure it’s very little you’re givin’ me,” she protested. “What will I
-do with a quarter?”
-
-“We don’t want it, any way. You’d better take it somewhere else.”
-
-“Give me the money, then.”
-
-The next person was a slender dude, who had a silk umbrella to offer.
-
-“A dollar,” said the clerk.
-
-“Aw, that’s vewry little, don’t you know,” drawled the young man. “It
-was bought at Tiffany’s, it was, ’pon me honah.”
-
-“That is all we can give.”
-
-“Then I must wesign myself to the sacrifice. Pass over the spondulicks.”
-
-The next person was a young lady with spectacles and wearing a look of
-Bostonian culture. She had a broad flat parcel in her hand.
-
-“What will you loan me on this?” she asked.
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“It is a novel in manuscript. I should like a hundred dollars, please.”
-
-The clerk looked at her sharply as if questioning her sanity.
-
-“A hundred dollars!” he repeated.
-
-“Yes; I expect to get five hundred for it. Surely a fifth of that sum
-is not too much to ask.”
-
-“We have no use for such articles.”
-
-“If you would kindly read the first few chapters, sir, I think you
-would see that it had a marked value. Probably I shall redeem it in a
-few days.”
-
-“Better take it to a publisher and obtain an advance on it. It is out
-of our line.”
-
-“I wouldn’t mind paying a little extra interest on the loan,” said the
-young lady, persuasively.
-
-“Couldn’t think of it. Next!”
-
-“I only wish I could hock some of my old manuscript stories,” whispered
-Mr. Snodgrass to Ben. “I’d write some expressly for the purpose.”
-
-“What can I do for you, young man?” asked the clerk, turning to Ben.
-
-“What will you give me on this watch?” said Ben.
-
-The clerk scanned it briefly and asked in return, “How much do you
-want?”
-
-“Eight dollars,” answered Ben, following the advice of his companion.
-
-“I will give you five.”
-
-“All right,” said Ben.
-
-A ticket was quickly made out, and Ben left the office with that and a
-five-dollar bill in his hand.
-
-“You are in luck,” said Sylvanus, when they reached the street. “I
-wasn’t sure they would give you five on it.”
-
-“I shall miss it,” returned Ben seriously. “I don’t know when I can
-redeem it.”
-
-“Oh, don’t borrow trouble! Mine is in for two fifty, and has been in
-for ten months. I should have to pay about three and a half to get it
-out.”
-
-“It’s an expensive way of getting money.”
-
-“So it is, but money is money when you want it. Now I have a
-proposition to make.”
-
-“What is it?”
-
-“Let us go the theater. There’s a good play on at the People’s. A
-dollar will buy two seats.”
-
-“Then you expect me to pay for both tickets?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes; I’ll treat another evening.”
-
-“I can’t afford it. I have only five dollars and am not earning a
-living. I must hoard every penny.”
-
-“Oh, trust to luck!” said Mr. Snodgrass easily. “Something will turn up
-before that money is spent.”
-
-“It may, but there is no certainty.”
-
-“At any rate let us go in and get an ice cream.”
-
-“No, Mr. Snodgrass, I must be very economical.”
-
-“You ought to have a little amusement now and then,” urged the author,
-not concealing his disappointment.
-
-“So I will when I can afford it.”
-
-Mr. Snodgrass endeavored to shake Ben’s determination, but without
-success, for Ben was prudent and felt that he had no money to spare.
-
-On his return he paid a week’s room rent to Mrs. Robinson. This left
-him three dollars for a reserve fund.
-
-“I wish I knew how I was coming out,” he reflected anxiously. “I should
-hate awfully to fail. What would Mr. Winter say? He would gloat over
-it. Any way I can never go back to him. I would rather black boots.”
-
-Once or twice that employment had suggested itself to Ben, but he had
-never looked upon it with favor. It was an honest business, though a
-lowly one, but he felt it was unsuited to one of his education and
-advantages.
-
-Selling papers seemed a shade higher and more respectable, and he
-decided to inquire into the pay.
-
-One afternoon, as he bought a paper of a newsboy, he asked, “How does
-selling papers pay?”
-
-Tommy Hooper, the boy addressed, answered, “I make about seventy-five
-cents a day, but I have to hustle.”
-
-Seventy-five cents a day! That would be four dollars and a half a week,
-or deducting two dollars for rent he would have two dollars and a half
-for his work, and he felt that on that sum he could live as well as he
-did now, since he knew of a place where he could buy a ticket good for
-three dollars’ worth of meals for two dollars and a half.
-
-“Was you goin’ into the business?” asked Tom.
-
-“I don’t know but I may.”
-
-“I don’t b’lieve you’d like it.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“You’ve got too good clothes on.”
-
-“What difference does that make?”
-
-“I don’t know of no newsboy dressed like you.”
-
-“It wouldn’t prevent my selling papers, would it?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“Then I wish you’d give me a few points. I think I will try it.”
-
-“Ain’t you workin’ now?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“What are you doin’?”
-
-Ben explained.
-
-“Are you goin’ to give up your place?”
-
-“Yes, if I find that I can sell papers.”
-
-“Then I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll change work with you. You give
-me a recommend to your boss, and you can take my business. I’ve got a
-small route. I serve about half a dozen families with papers.”
-
-After some negotiation this plan was carried out, and Tom Hooper was
-accepted at the restaurant as Ben’s successor.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII.
-
-RIVALS IN BUSINESS.
-
-
-Just at first Ben failed to make the money that he expected. There is a
-way to sell papers as there is to do any other kind of business, and it
-took a little time to learn.
-
-But Ben meant to succeed and in the end he did. The first day he
-cleared but forty-five cents, the second, sixty-four, the third,
-seventy, and the fourth, eighty cents.
-
-His good clothes attracted attention, not only on the part of
-customers, but also from other boys in the same kind of business.
-
-This was especially the case with two boys who sold papers near Ben.
-These boys, whose names were Patsy Blake and Mike Parley, eyed Ben
-askance, and both took a violent prejudice against him, not only
-because he was a new comer, but also on account of his wearing clothes
-better than they could afford. This dislike was intensified when Ben
-began to be successful.
-
-“Patsy,” said Mike, “did you take notice of that dude that’s sellin’
-papers near Houston Street?”
-
-“Yes, Patsy, the one that’s dressed like a Fifth Avenue swell.”
-
-“Yes, he’s the one.”
-
-“Don’t he put on style, though? I never dressed like him.”
-
-“Thrue for you, Mike, nor I either.”
-
-As Patsy was dressed in a ragged suit two or three sizes too large for
-him, and Mike’s suit was correspondingly small and equally shabby, the
-speakers were unquestionably right.
-
-“Do you know his name, Mike?”
-
-“I’ve heern him called Ben. I don’t know de udder name.”
-
-“Any way, it’s a mane thing to take the bread out of the mouths of poor
-boys like you an’ me.”
-
-“So it is, Patsy. Do you know him?”
-
-“I went up to him last evenin’, and asked him for the loan of a
-cigarette, and what do you think he said?”
-
-“What was it?”
-
-“He said he never smoked cigarettes.”
-
-“Likely he had some in his pocket.”
-
-“Or else he smokes cigars.”
-
-“Any way he wouldn’t give me one. I asked him would he go to Tony
-Pastor’s wid me, and he said he had an engagement.”
-
-“I say, Mike, he looks down on the likes of us. What shall we do about
-it?”
-
-“Lick him,” said Mike sententiously.
-
-“We’ll give him a warnin’ to go somewhere else and not cut into our
-trade.”
-
-“I’m with you, Patsy.”
-
-“When will we do it?”
-
-“Now.”
-
-“Come on, then.”
-
-Ben had just sold a paper when he saw the two boys approaching. It did
-not occur to him that they had any hostile intent till they stopped
-opposite and accosted him.
-
-“I say, Fifth Averner, how’s business?”
-
-“Do you mean me?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes, we means you.”
-
-“It is pretty fair.”
-
-“How much yer made to-day?”
-
-“About sixty cents.”
-
-“And I’ve made only forty.”
-
-“And I forty-two.”
-
-“I am sorry you haven’t done better,” said Ben sincerely.
-
-“Oh, yes, much ye’re sorry,” returned Patsy jeeringly.
-
-“Why shouldn’t I be? You work hard, and I shall be glad to have you
-succeed.”
-
-“Hear him talk, Mike.”
-
-“It’s you that keeps us from earnin’ money.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“Because you get away with our trade. It’s a shame, so it is, to take
-the bread out’n our mouths.”
-
-“You’re mistaken, boys. I only want my share of success.”
-
-“You’ve got away two of my customers. I seed ’em buyin’ papers of you
-yest’erday afternoon.”
-
-“I can’t tell your customers. When a man wants to buy a paper of me of
-course I sell to him. Isn’t that right?”
-
-“No, it isn’t.”
-
-“Well, what do you want me to do? I suppose you came here for some
-purpose.”
-
-“We want you to go away from dis corner. You can go on Broadway, and
-den you won’t interfere wid me and Patsy.”
-
-“But I may interfere with some other boys.”
-
-“Dat’s nothing to us. Dis is your last day here. To-morrer you must
-sell somewhere else.”
-
-Ben was a boy of spirit, and he did not fancy being ordered away by
-rival newsboys. He felt that he had just as much right to sell papers
-on the Bowery as any one else, and he did not propose to submit to
-dictation.
-
-“Well, what do you say?” asked Mike.
-
-“Wouldn’t it be just as well,” suggested Ben composedly, “for you and
-your friend to leave the Bowery?”
-
-“Hear till him, Patsy. Get onto his cheek!”
-
-“It seems to me, boys, that you would do better to attend to business.
-I’ve sold four papers while you have been talking to me.”
-
-“We’re givin’ you a warnin’! Now, what yer goin’ to do about it?”
-
-“I’m going to stay where I am,” said Ben firmly. “I have as much right
-to be here as you.”
-
-“It’s mane business for a boy like you to rob poor boys of their
-customers.”
-
-“You talk about poor boys,” retorted Ben, “I’m a poor boy myself.”
-
-“You look like it, wid them clothes!” said Patsy, with withering
-sarcasm.
-
-“I wear good clothes, I admit, but they were given me by a gentleman
-in Boston. It was a piece of good luck. I haven’t any more money than
-either of you. I have to live on what I make.”
-
-This statement the two newsboys did not believe, and their looks showed
-that they did not.
-
-“Me and Patsy are in earnest,” went on Mike. “You’ve got to keep away
-from this corner.”
-
-“And what if I don’t?”
-
-“Den we’ll lick you.”
-
-By this time Ben’s spirit was roused.
-
-“You can do it now if you want to,” he said defiantly.
-
-The challenge was accepted. Mike dropped his papers and aimed a blow at
-Ben. It was returned in good earnest, and then Patsy sailed in.
-
-Ben now proceeded to business. There was for about a minute a lively
-tussle, during which it was hard to tell which was uppermost and which
-underneath. But at the end of the first round the two invaders were
-lying on their backs, Patsy with a bloody nose, and Mike with a black
-eye, while Ben stood erect with a flushed face and somewhat disordered
-clothing, a victor.
-
-Just then a policeman rounded the corner, and hastened to the scene of
-conflict.
-
-“What’s all this?” he asked.
-
-“Only a little scrap,” said Ben.
-
-“The two boys jumped on this one,” put in a bystander, “and tried to
-lick him.”
-
-[Illustration: Ben now proceeded to business, and at the end of the
-first round Patsy had a bloody nose, and Mike a black eye.--Page 134.
-_Ben Bruce._]
-
-The policeman was disposed to take the side of Ben as the best dressed.
-
-“Do you want to complain of them?” he asked, turning to Ben.
-
-“No,” answered Ben, “they are friends of mine. We were having a little
-fun.”
-
-“If they try it again I’ll have some fun with them,” said the officer.
-“Now get up and go along with you.”
-
-Patsy and Mike got up, looking rather sheepish. But Ben’s conduct
-impressed them favorably. But for him they would probably have been
-arrested and held for disorderly conduct.
-
-“I say,” said Patsy, “you’re a brick, even if you do wear good clothes.
-You saved us from the cop, you did. Here’s my hand.”
-
-Ben took it unhesitatingly, though it stood in decided need of washing.
-
-“Here’s mine too,” added Mike. “You know how to fight, you do.”
-
-“But you won’t make me fight any more, will you?” said Ben, smiling, as
-he shook Mike’s hand cordially.
-
-“No, we won’t. You can stay here and sell papers as long as you like,
-and if anybody lays for you just call on me and Patsy.”
-
-“I will,” said Ben. “I will look upon you as my friends.”
-
-“I suppose that is ‘conquering a peace,’” he reflected as the two
-newsboys left the scene of the conflict.
-
-“I say, you fought well,” said a tall, well dressed man, who had
-watched the fight with interest. “What was up?”
-
-“They warned me not to sell papers here. They said I was interfering
-with them.”
-
-“And you wouldn’t have it? Good! I admire your pluck. How many papers
-have you got left?”
-
-“Eight.”
-
-“Here, give them to me.”
-
-“But they are all the same.”
-
-“Never mind! I want to help you along. Here’s a quarter. Never mind the
-change.”
-
-“Thank you, sir.”
-
-“How long have you been at this business?”
-
-“Four days.”
-
-“Does it pay?”
-
-“Better than the business I left.”
-
-“What is that?”
-
-“Distributing circulars for a restaurant.”
-
-“Well, that’s satisfactory. Would you like to work in the evening
-also?”
-
-“Yes, sir; I should like to increase my income.”
-
-“Then come round to the People’s Theater with me. They are bringing out
-a piece of mine where a newsboy is introduced. I guess you can play the
-part.”
-
-“I’ll try,” said Ben.
-
-There was a halo of romance about the theater to Ben’s eyes, and he
-felt that he should be proud of treading the boards in even so humble a
-rôle as that of newsboy.
-
-“Come along, then! I will introduce you to the manager. The play is to
-be produced for the first time to-morrow evening. We thought we had a
-boy engaged, but he hasn’t shown up and we can’t wait for him.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII.
-
-REHEARSING.
-
-
-Ben’s companion led the way through the stage door into the green-room.
-He appeared to be known, for he was at once admitted by the door-keeper.
-
-“Is the manager in?” asked the author.
-
-“Yes, Mr. Wilkins.”
-
-“There he is,” he added, as a pleasant-looking gentleman emerged from
-the wings.
-
-“Halloa, Wilkins,” said the manager. “How shall we manage about the
-boy?”
-
-“I have brought you one,” replied Wilkins, calling attention to Ben.
-
-“Do you know him? Will he do?”
-
-“I think he will.”
-
-“What’s your name, young man?”
-
-“Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Ha! A good stage name. Have you ever acted?”
-
-“No, sir, except at exhibitions.”
-
-“Are you easily frightened? Can you face a crowd?”
-
-“I am not bashful,” answered Ben with a smile.
-
-“Then come here for rehearsal to-morrow at two o’clock. Mr. Wilkins,
-you can furnish him with his part.”
-
-“All right, sir. I’ll take him in charge.”
-
-The manager, who seemed to be a very busy man, noted down Ben’s name
-and hurried to another part of the stage.
-
-“Well, Ben, it is all settled,” said the dramatic author. “I want you
-to do yourself credit, and help on the success of my piece. You have no
-engagement for the rest of the day and evening, have you?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“Then come home and take supper with me. This evening I will train you
-in your part.”
-
-“I shall be glad to have you do so.”
-
-“I live on Lexington Avenue near Thirtieth Street. We are a quiet
-family. My mother and I make the whole of it.”
-
-Ben submitted himself to the guidance of his companion, and taking a
-Third Avenue horse-car soon arrived at Thirtieth Street, where they
-struck off for Lexington Avenue. The house was a plain one, three
-stories in height, but looked home-like and comfortable.
-
-“I’ll take you up to my den, where I do my work,” said Mr. Wilkins. “It
-is my chamber as well and you will find arrangements for washing. Then
-I will go down and let my mother know that I have invited a young actor
-to supper.”
-
-Ben laughed. It seemed a good joke to him to be referred to as a young
-actor.
-
-In fifteen minutes Mr. Wilkins returned. He found that Ben had availed
-himself of the interval to make his toilet.
-
-“Have you written many plays, Mr. Wilkins?” asked Ben.
-
-“No. This is only the third. I do some literary work for papers and
-magazines, but plays, if successful, pay much better. You see I have a
-few books here. You may like to look them over.”
-
-There were book shelves near the writing desk, containing a
-miscellaneous assortment of books, perhaps three hundred in number.
-
-“You like reading, Ben?”
-
-“Yes, sir, very much.”
-
-“You are welcome to borrow books from my library, such as it is.”
-
-“Thank you; I should like to do so. I ought to tell you,” he added
-smiling, “that I have the privilege of living in the same house with an
-author.”
-
-“Indeed! Who is it?”
-
-“Sylvanus Snodgrass.”
-
-“I don’t think I know him.”
-
-“He writes novelettes for the _Weekly Bugle_.”
-
-“I am afraid I am not familiar with the authors who write for that
-publication. What is your friend’s best known story?”
-
-“I think he prides himself most on ‘The Ragpicker’s Curse.’”
-
-Mr. Wilkins smiled.
-
-“I suppose it is hardly in the style of Howells,” he said.
-
-“No; Mr. Snodgrass is confident that Howells could not write such a
-story.”
-
-“I have no doubt he is correct. But there is the supper bell. Let us go
-down.”
-
-A neatly-dressed old lady was already seated behind the tea-urn.
-
-“Mother,” said Mr. Wilkins, “let me introduce my young friend, Benjamin
-Bruce.”
-
-“I am glad to see thee, Benjamin,” said Mrs. Wilkinson, with a kindly
-smile.
-
-“Thank you,” said Ben, feeling drawn to the kindly old lady.
-
-“My mother was brought up a Quaker,” explained Mr. Wilkinson, “and
-keeps up the Quaker speech. I have fallen away from it, but I have a
-great respect for my mother’s church, or rather meeting.”
-
-“Thee is very young for an actor, Benjamin,” said Mrs. Wilkins.
-
-“Yes,” answered Ben, “but I can hardly call myself an actor yet. Your
-son is going to make me one.”
-
-“I am afraid thee is ill advised, John,” said the old lady. “An actor’s
-life is full of temptation.”
-
-“True, mother, but Ben is a good boy, and I am sure he will resist
-temptation.”
-
-“I hope so indeed, John.”
-
-“My mother is hardly reconciled to my writing plays, Ben,” remarked
-John Wilkins. “I cannot induce her to go to the theater and see my
-piece.”
-
-“I judge not others,” said Mrs. Wilkins, “but I have never been to the
-playhouse, and I am too old to change.”
-
-“Still you will wish me success, mother!”
-
-“I always wish thee success in all things good, John.”
-
-“Then I hope the play will prove a good one.”
-
-The supper was plain but palatable. Ben relished the hot tea, the
-buttered toast, the cold meat, and preserves, and ate heartily. It was
-in refreshing contrast to the cheap restaurant on the Bowery where he
-had been eating lately.
-
-When supper was over Mr. Wilkins rose from the table.
-
-“Now for business, Ben,” he said. “We must see what preparations we can
-make for to-morrow evening.”
-
-He handed Ben a small manuscript book when they reached the study.
-
-“This is your part,” he said. “Before each speech you will see a few
-words. That is the cue. They are the concluding words of the previous
-speaker.”
-
-The little book contained ten pages, but nearly half of it was taken up
-by the cues.
-
-“It is a disadvantage to you not to know the other parts and the
-general drift of the story, but these I can give you some idea of.”
-
-Two hours were devoted to coaching Ben in his rôle. He was a quick
-student and had always been fond of public speaking. Also he had
-taken part at home in various little plays at Sunday-school and other
-entertainments, and Mr. Wilkins was much gratified by the rapidity with
-which he seemed to master his part.
-
-“There, Ben, I think that will do,” he said when the clock struck nine.
-“You have done a good evening’s work, and I think you will make a good
-impression at rehearsal. Will you meet me at the stage door at two
-o’clock, or let us say, a little earlier?”
-
-“I will be there twenty minutes before the time, Mr. Wilkins.”
-
-“By the way, Ben, I forgot to say that you will be paid at least
-fifteen dollars a week, or possibly more.”
-
-Fifteen dollars a week! It quite took away Ben’s breath. Even a single
-week at that rate of remuneration would set him on his feet.
-
-“That is more than I earn at selling papers,” he said with a smile.
-
-“So I suppose. I think it will be better for you to give up selling
-papers on the street while you are an actor.”
-
-“I can hire Tom Hooper to sell for me. He took my place at the
-restaurant, but he has got tired of it already.”
-
-“That would be a good idea.”
-
-The next morning Ben met Tom Hooper on the Bowery and proposed to him
-to take his place for a time.
-
-“Why?” asked Tom. “Are you goin’ out of de business?”
-
-“Not exactly. I am going to sell papers every evening at the People’s
-Theater.”
-
-“At de theayter? Where?”
-
-“On the stage.”
-
-“Will you be let?” asked Tom, puzzled.
-
-“I am going to play the part of the newsboy in the new play.”
-
-“You don’t say!” ejaculated Tom, opening his eyes wide. “Be you an
-actor?”
-
-“I am going to try it.”
-
-“I’ll go and see you.”
-
-“Don’t come the first evening, Tom. I don’t know how I shall get along.”
-
-“Then I’ll come the second evening.”
-
-“I shan’t mind that so much. But I must be going to rehearsal.”
-
-Ben acquitted himself at rehearsal very well, so well that the manager
-patted him on the shoulder and said, “You’ll do, my son!” and Mr.
-Wilkins shook his hand cordially.
-
-“You did fine, Ben,” he exclaimed.
-
-“Thanks to your training, Mr. Wilkins.”
-
-“And to your own talent.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX.
-
-BEN MAKES HIS DÉBUT.
-
-
-“Where are you going this evening, Ben?” asked Sylvanus Snodgrass of
-his young friend.
-
-Ben did not care to have Sylvanus Snodgrass for an auditor the first
-evening and he answered evasively, “I have an engagement with a friend.”
-
-“Do I know him? Who is he?”
-
-“A Mr. Wilkins, living on Lexington Avenue.”
-
-“May I come too?” asked Snodgrass, who was by no means bashful.
-
-“I don’t feel at liberty to invite you, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“I don’t seem to see anything of you lately,” grumbled Sylvanus. “You
-were away last evening.”
-
-“Yes, I was with Mr. Wilkins.”
-
-“He seems to have cut me out,” said Mr. Snodgrass, displaying some
-jealousy.
-
-“It is because I have a little business with him,” explained Ben.
-
-“Ha! business? What kind of business?”
-
-“I may be able to tell you to-morrow.”
-
-“It seems there is a mystery,” said the novelist, not half pleased.
-
-“It won’t be a mystery long.”
-
-Ben managed to slip away unobserved, for he feared that Mr. Snodgrass
-might be disposed to follow him. He arrived at the theater in good
-season, and there on the large poster in front of the building it gave
-him a peculiar sensation to see in the list of characters in the play--
-
- JED, the newsboy, BEN BRUCE.
-
-“I wonder if any one will see my name and know who it is,” he asked
-himself.
-
-“Hallo, Ben!”
-
-Turning, Ben saw Patsy Blake looking over his shoulder.
-
-“Are you goin’ into de teayter?” asked Patsy.
-
-“Yes,” answered Ben, smiling.
-
-“I’d like to go if I had the price of a ticket.”
-
-An impulse led Ben to say, “I’ll pay your way in, Patsy,” and he handed
-his newsboy rival twenty-five cents.
-
-“Bully for you! Will we sit together?”
-
-“I can’t very well. I shall be on the stage.”
-
-“What!” exclaimed Patsy.
-
-“Do you see that name?” asked Ben, pointing to the poster.
-
-“Are you goin’ to act?” inquired Patsy, awe-stricken.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“How did you get the chance?”
-
-“The manager hired me. The boy who was to act didn’t show up.”
-
-“I didn’t know you was smart enough to act,” said Patsy, eyeing Ben
-curiously.
-
-“I don’t know whether I am or not, but I am going to try.”
-
-“Won’t Mike be su’prised. I wish he could go.”
-
-At this very moment Mike Farley came up, and Patsy enjoyed his
-astonishment when the great news was imparted to him that the boy they
-had been fighting with the day before was going to act on the stage.
-
-Ben gave him a quarter also, and felt sure of two friendly auditors.
-
-“I must go now, boys,” he said. “It is time to get ready.”
-
-“Who’d have thought Ben was an actor!” ejaculated Mike. “I wish I was
-in his shoes.”
-
-“So do I.”
-
-“P’raps he’ll give you an’ me a chance, Patsy.”
-
-“You couldn’t act, Mike Farley.”
-
-“I kin act as well as you, Patsy Blake.”
-
-Hostilities seemed imminent, but fortunately a mutual friend came up
-and they were averted.
-
-Ben had to dress for his part. His ordinary suit was thought to be too
-good for a poor newsboy, and one was supplied by the management not
-much better than those worn by Patsy and Mike.
-
-Ben was destined to have another auditor known to him. Mr.
-Snodgrass, finding that his evening was likely to be a lonely one,
-suddenly decided to go to the theater. On looking over the evening
-announcements, he was led to think that he would enjoy “The Belle of
-the Bowery,” at the People’s Theater.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass was not always in funds, but he had received two dollars
-and a half that day from the _Weekly Bugle_ for a column sketch, and
-he felt that he was justified in attending the play. He accordingly
-purchased a fifty-cent ticket, which gave him a seat in the balcony.
-
-“I’d have taken Ben if he hadn’t gone off with that Mr. Wilkins,” said
-Sylvanus to himself. “I suppose he can’t afford to buy a ticket.”
-
-Soon the curtain rose. There was a street scene, in which the
-characters were an old man from the country and a tough. There was a
-little altercation, and the countryman seemed likely to get the worst
-of it, when a newsboy ran in from the wings and sprang to his defense.
-
-At the first words of the boy Mr. Snodgrass craned his head forward in
-amazement. The voice seemed very familiar. Was it--could it be Ben? A
-few words more, and he was forced to admit that it was.
-
-“Well, I’ll be blowed!” he ejaculated.
-
-I am afraid that these words were hardly in keeping with the character
-of a distinguished romancer, but they were actually used by Sylvanus
-Snodgrass.
-
-It is needless to say that Mr. Snodgrass followed the play with the
-utmost attention, particularly when Ben was on the stage. Before the
-curtain fell on the last act he saw reason to feel proud of his friend
-and fellow-lodger, for Ben scored an unqualified success. He was
-perfectly at his ease, and threw himself earnestly into the part. He
-was not aware of the presence of Mr. Snodgrass, but he looked up to the
-gallery and saw Patsy and Mike applauding vociferously.
-
-Toward the end of the third act enthusiasm was created by a bouquet
-which was thrown from one of the orchestra seats, evidently intended
-for Ben.
-
-“Take it up and bow!” whispered the actor nearest him.
-
-Ben was quick to accept the suggestion. He stooped and lifting the
-bouquet, bowed gracefully in the direction whence it had been thrown.
-This brought out a volley of applause.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass felt proud of his connection with the hero of the evening.
-
-“I know that boy,” he whispered to his next neighbor.
-
-“Do you indeed? He is smart.”
-
-“Yes; we are very intimate friends. He occupies a room in the same
-house with me.”
-
-Patsy and Mike also were pleased with Ben’s success. They led the
-applause in the gallery, and were by no means backward in their
-expressions of satisfaction.
-
-“I say, Mike, he’s a corker,” said Patsy.
-
-“That’s so.”
-
-“I wished I could act like him.”
-
-“Do you know him?” asked Dick Flanagan.
-
-“Yes, I know him as well as I know you. He paid my ticket in.”
-
-“And mine too,” added Mike.
-
-“I’d like to know him,” said Dick enviously.
-
-“I’ll give you an introduce some time,” rejoined Patsy.
-
-The curtain fell at the end of the last act, and Mr. Wilkins, the
-anxious author, realized with gratification that the play was a
-success. He went round to the stage door, and entering gave Ben’s hand
-a hearty shake.
-
-“You did yourself proud, my boy!” he said.
-
-“I am glad you were pleased,” returned Ben modestly.
-
-Others, too, offered their congratulations, including Mr. Thornton, who
-played the leading part.
-
-“You are one of us, Ben,” he said, as he shook hands with the boy. “I
-confess I was afraid when I heard that you had never been on the stage
-before, but I soon found that there was no reason for apprehension.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Thornton,” said Ben, most gratified.
-
-“I congratulate you, Mr. Wilkins, on the success of your play,” said
-Ben, turning to his friend and patron.
-
-“You helped bring it about. A good deal depended on your part being
-well played.”
-
-When Ben emerged from the theater he found Mr. Snodgrass waiting for
-him.
-
-“Why didn’t you tell me, Ben?” asked the novelist reproachfully.
-
-“Were you here?” asked Ben, surprised.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Who told you I was to appear?”
-
-“No one. I didn’t know anything about it till you appeared on the
-stage. I was so surprised that you might have knocked me down with a
-feather. You never told me that you were an actor.”
-
-“I didn’t know it myself. This is my first appearance on any stage.”
-
-“You don’t mean to say that you never acted before?”
-
-“Only at school exhibitions and such like.”
-
-“Then you’re a born genius, and I am proud of you.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“And who is Mr. Wilkins--the gentleman you spoke of?”
-
-“He is the author of the piece. He engaged me to act the newsboy’s
-part.”
-
-“And why didn’t you let me know?”
-
-“Because I didn’t know how I was coming out. I shouldn’t like to have
-had my friend see me fail.”
-
-“There is no such word as fail--for you, Ben.”
-
-“I hope so.”
-
-As Ben reached the Bowery he espied his two humble friends, Patsy and
-Mike, eyeing him wistfully.
-
-“How are you, Patsy? How are you, Mike?” he said, offering his hand, to
-the great pride of the newsboys. “How did you like the play?”
-
-“It was tip-top, and so was you,” answered Patsy enthusiastically.
-
-“I saw you up in the gallery,” said Ben.
-
-“Did you now?” asked the delighted Mike.
-
-“Didn’t I tell you I knowed him, boys?” he added, turning to two or
-three friends when Ben had passed on.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX.
-
-BEN’S LETTER HOME.
-
-
-Ben slept later than usual the next morning. He was awakened by his
-neighbor, Mr. Snodgrass, who entered his room, his face glowing with
-excitement. In his hand he held a morning paper.
-
-“Ben, you’re famous!” he exclaimed.
-
-“Am I?” asked Ben, drowsily.
-
-“Yes; look at this paragraph in the _Herald_. Or, stay. I’ll read it.”
-
-He read as follows:
-
- “At the People’s Theater last evening a new play was produced,
- ‘The Belle of the Bowery,’ by the well-known dramatist, Mr.
- John Wilkins. It is a local play, and was received very
- favorably. It is well put on the stage, and on the whole was
- well played. Mr. William Thornton acquitted himself well, as
- usual, and Jed the Newsboy, was remarkably well played by Ben
- Bruce. We have seldom seen so young an actor who gave so much
- promise of future achievements.”
-
-“That is very complimentary,” said Ben, whose face flushed with natural
-pleasure.
-
-“I should say so. You have achieved fame at one bound. The time may
-come, and that soon, when your name will be as well known as mine.” Ben
-was tempted to smile at the harmless vanity of his companion, but he
-appreciated his friendly feelings, and thanked him for his favorable
-opinion.
-
-Ben dressed himself and went out to breakfast with Mr. Snodgrass. On
-the way he bought the _Sun_ and _World_, both of which spoke well of
-his acting.
-
-At the end of the first week Ben was notified that his salary was
-ready. It was handed to him in an envelope. He opened it and to his
-delight found that it contained five bills of five dollars each. The
-manager appreciated the hit his young recruit had made.
-
-“Twenty-five dollars!” he exclaimed in astonishment. “Is it possible
-that I have earned as much as this in a single week!
-
-“Now,” he thought, “I can return Albert Graham the five dollars he lent
-me.”
-
-He went into the reading-room of an uptown hotel, and sitting down at
-the table wrote the following letter.
-
- “DEAR ALBERT:
-
- “You will find inclosed a five-dollar bill which is sent in
- return for your very kind loan. Don’t think I am pinching
- myself, as I have twenty dollars left in my pocketbook. Just
- at present I am doing remarkably well, but I have seen some
- anxious days since I left Wrayburn. I wouldn’t advise any boy
- to leave home unless he has as good reasons as I, or has a good
- prospect ahead. I must tell you that before I got steady work
- I was reduced to thirty-seven cents, and knew that in two days
- I had to meet a rent bill of two dollars. I fully expected
- to be turned out into the streets, for my landlady, though
- kind-hearted is poor, and could not afford to keep me unless I
- paid my rent regularly.
-
- “You will be interested to hear what I am working at. Well, for
- a time I sold papers on the Bowery, clearing about seventy-five
- cents a day. But my first situation was distributing circulars,
- or rather bills of fare for a cheap restaurant on the same
- street. I was paid chiefly in meals, and such meals! Often
- and often I wished myself at my mother’s table, or at yours,
- where I could get good wholesome food. But I had a chance to
- change my business. You will hardly believe me when I tell you
- that I am _acting_ at the People’s Theater. I am taking the
- part of a newsboy. How well I succeed you can judge from two
- or three newspaper clippings I send you. I don’t know how long
- my present employment will last. I hope a good while, for I am
- much better paid than I could hope to be in any other line of
- business.
-
- “Now how are things going on in Wrayburn? Do you often see
- my mother? Please show her this letter and the newspaper
- clippings. Give her my love, but you needn’t trouble yourself
- to give any such message to my stepfather, to whom I owe no
- debt of gratitude.
-
- “How I wish you could walk into my room and have an
- old-fashioned chat. Have you ridden at any races lately? If you
- have I hope you were successful. Write soon to
-
- “Your true friend,
- “BEN BRUCE.”
-
-Albert Graham no sooner received this letter than he went over to see
-Mrs. Winter. Jacob Winter had gone to a neighboring town on an errand,
-and Albert was glad to find Ben’s mother at home alone.
-
-“You have heard from Ben,” exclaimed Mrs. Winter, noticing his bright
-face.
-
-“Yes, Mrs. Winter.”
-
-“How is he? Is he getting on comfortably? Last night I dreamed that the
-poor boy was penniless and suffering for food.”
-
-“Dreams go by contraries, you know. The letter contained five dollars
-which he sent me in payment for the money I lent him when he went away.”
-
-“Then he must be doing well!” said Mrs. Winter gladly.
-
-“He writes that he has twenty dollars left in his pocketbook.”
-
-“What in the world can he be doing?”
-
-“Read his letter and you will see.”
-
-Mrs. Winter read the letter eagerly. Her face showed the surprise she
-felt.
-
-“Ben acting in a theater!” she exclaimed. “It hardly seems possible.”
-
-“Read these newspaper clippings and you will see that he is acting
-well.”
-
-Mrs. Winter read the notices, and her eyes lighted up with gladness and
-pride.
-
-“I shall feel much happier now,” she said. “I have been worrying about
-Ben, and fancying that he might be suffering.”
-
-“Ben is smart. He will make his way.”
-
-When Jacob Winter came home he said to his wife, “Have you heard from
-that boy of yours?”
-
-“Not directly. Albert Graham had a letter.”
-
-“Beggin’ for money as like as not. I wonder he got money enough for
-postage.”
-
-Mrs. Winter made no reply.
-
-“If you write to him you can tell him I’ll take him back if he’ll
-promise to obey me in all things and work stiddy.”
-
-“Yes, I’ll tell him, but I don’t think he’ll come.”
-
-“Then he’s a fool. He can’t make his expenses in York.”
-
-“Will you pay his expenses back to Wrayburn, Mr. Winter?”
-
-“No,” answered Jacob cautiously. “I couldn’t do that. Why, it would
-cost six or seven dollars.”
-
-“Then how is he to come back?”
-
-“He can foot it, and beg his victuals on the way,” suggested Mr. Winter.
-
-“Ben would be too proud to do that,” said his mother promptly.
-
-“That’s what’s the matter with him,” exclaimed Jacob. “He’s too proud.
-He had a good home here, but he got uppish and must try his luck
-outside. You mark my words Mrs. W., he’ll see his folly, and that
-before very long.”
-
-If Mrs. Winter had not read Ben’s letter to Albert Graham she might
-have felt troubled by these words, but as it was she remained calm and
-composed.
-
-The fact was that Jacob Winter was beginning to miss Ben. The latter
-had done a great many chores, and attended to many little duties about
-the farm, which now devolved upon his stepfather.
-
-Mr. Winter had thought of hiring a boy, but found that none could be
-induced to work for him at the wages he was willing to pay. In this
-emergency he thought of Ben, who he was persuaded was in a state of
-distress, but much as he desired to get him back he was not willing to
-advance the money for his traveling expenses.
-
-The next morning he chanced to fall in with Albert Graham.
-
-“I hear you’ve had a letter from Ben,” said the farmer, halting his
-horse.
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“Where did he write from?”
-
-“From New York.”
-
-“Did he say how he was doin’?”
-
-“He didn’t complain any.”
-
-“What is he doin’?”
-
-“He has been selling papers on the Bowery.”
-
-“That’s a mis’rable business. Like as not he doesn’t make over
-twenty-five cents a day.”
-
-“I think he must make more than that.”
-
-“Did he say he was sorry he left a good home?”
-
-“No, he didn’t say so.”
-
-“He’s too proud, I reckon. When you write him tell him that if he’ll
-come home and apologize for runnin’ away I’ll take him back.”
-
-“I’ll tell him, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“Here he had enough to eat, and likely he don’t get it where he is.
-Have you got his letter with you?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“I’d like to read it.”
-
-“Ben wouldn’t want me to show it.”
-
-“Sho! are there any secrets in it?”
-
-“You see Ben writes confidentially to me, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“I s’pose he wouldn’t like to have me know what hard times he has had.
-Well, you write him what I tole you.”
-
-“All right, sir, but suppose he hasn’t got money enough to bring him
-home?”
-
-“Tell him to foot it. He’s young and strong. He can stop at houses on
-the way, and ask for somethin’ to eat.”
-
-“Wouldn’t it be better for you to send him five dollars to bring him
-back?”
-
-“No, Albert Graham, I ain’t such a fool. He would keep the money, and
-stay where he is.”
-
-“There goes a mean man!” soliloquized Albert, as Jacob whipped up his
-old gray horse and rode away. “Ben won’t be in any hurry to come back
-to him.”
-
-But Ben’s smooth waters were not to be of long continuance, as the next
-chapter will show.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI.
-
-BEN MEETS WITH A LOSS.
-
-
-Ben lost no time in calling at Simpson’s and redeeming his watch. He
-felt very fortunate in recovering it so soon.
-
-Mr. Snodgrass dropped a hint that he should be glad to have Ben redeem
-_his_ watch too, but the young actor did not feel that his prosperity
-was sure to be permanent, and ignored the suggestion. In fact his
-engagement continued but four weeks, as at the end of that time Mr.
-Wilkins’s play had to give place to another attraction at the People’s
-Theater.
-
-“I hope, Ben,” said Mr. Wilkins, “that the piece may go on the road
-soon, but just at present we have not been able to find a capitalist
-willing to advance the necessary sum. If a new company is organized I
-shall try to get your old part for you.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Wilkins. Of course I should like it. But the four weeks
-I have played have been of great service to me. Besides paying a debt
-and getting my watch out of pawn, I have been able to save up sixty
-dollars, which are safely deposited in the Union Dime Savings Bank.”
-
-“That is good. And what do you propose to do, Ben?”
-
-“I shall go back to my old business.”
-
-“Selling papers on the Bowery?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“It must be slow after being a popular favorite on the stage.”
-
-“It will be, but I don’t want to be idle.”
-
-“Perhaps you are right. I will be on the look-out for you, and if I
-find something more congenial I will inform you at once.”
-
-Ben did find it slow work following his old business. He missed the
-nightly applause, and the pleasant consciousness that he was earning
-three times his necessary expenses.
-
-But it was agreeable to think that he had some money in the savings
-bank to fall back upon. Mr. Snodgrass urged him to use a part of it,
-and even hinted that he should be glad to borrow ten dollars, but Ben
-knew the novelist too well to feel that it would be a safe investment.
-
-It was about this time that a young man of twenty took an unoccupied
-room at Mrs. Robinson’s house. He professed to be earning twelve
-dollars a week in a counting house on Pearl Street as assistant
-bookkeeper.
-
-He was dressed in quite a pretentious style, and had a large stock of
-flashy neckties. He had seen Ben on the stage at the People’s Theater,
-and this led him to cultivate his acquaintance.
-
-“You must have saved up a lot of money while you were acting,” he said
-one day.
-
-“A little, Mr. Grayson,” Ben admitted. “I have sixty dollars in the
-Union Dime Savings Bank.”
-
-“Humph! I don’t think much of savings banks.”
-
-“What do you consider better?”
-
-“I’ve got a friend doing business in Wall Street. Give it to me and
-I’ll get him to buy a few shares of stock for you on a margin.”
-
-“I think I would prefer to leave the money where it is.”
-
-“All you will get there is a paltry four per cent.”
-
-“The interest doesn’t amount to much, to be sure, but the money is
-safe.”
-
-George Grayson did not press the matter, but invited Ben out to play
-pool at a place on Sixth Avenue.
-
-“I never played the game,” said Ben.
-
-“No matter; you’ll pick it up directly.”
-
-“But I can’t afford to play it.”
-
-“It only costs five cents.”
-
-Knowing nothing of the game, Ben accepted this as true, and curiosity
-led him to accompany his new acquaintance.
-
-“I’ll coach you,” said Grayson.
-
-They made choice of tables and commenced playing. Two other young men,
-friends of Grayson, joined them.
-
-The game occupied only about ten minutes. Ben succeeded in pocketing
-one ball, and naturally stood last.
-
-“Well, Ben, you’re beaten!” said Grayson. “The rule is to pay at the
-end of each game.”
-
-Ben took a nickel from his pocket and handed it to the attendant.
-
-“What’s this for?” he asked.
-
-“My friend told me that the game cost five cents.”
-
-“Yes, five cents a cue.”
-
-“Well, I only used one cue.”
-
-“Come, young feller, no fooling! There were four played, and as you
-were beaten you pay for the whole. Fifteen cents more.”
-
-“That’s straight, Ben,” said Grayson.
-
-“But you told me it would be only five cents.”
-
-“Don’t argue the matter or all the boys will be laughing at you.”
-
-Ben saw that he had been deceived, but took the advice of his tricky
-companion.
-
-“Now for another game!” said Grayson.
-
-“You can count me out,” said Ben.
-
-“What! Does it worry you so much to get beaten?” sneered his companion.
-
-“No, but I can’t afford to play.”
-
-“You say that with sixty dollars in the bank!”
-
-“I shouldn’t have it there long, if I played pool every evening.”
-
-Grayson whispered some words in the ear of the next player and he
-laughed rather derisively. Ben thought he caught the word “miser.” At
-any rate he had had enough of pool playing, and soon after left the
-hall.
-
-He did not feel very cordial towards Grayson, but the latter made
-friendly advances, and as he said no more about pool Ben gradually
-admitted him to companionship.
-
-Two or three times he asked Grayson the street and number of the
-business firm which employed him, but only received an evasive answer.
-
-There came a dull time, so far as news was concerned, and Ben found
-that the sale of papers fell off, so that he was no longer able to
-earn seventy-five cents a day. This was the very smallest sum on which
-he could live even with the strictest economy, and, reluctant as he was
-to do it, he found that he must draw some money from the savings bank.
-
-During Ben’s career as an actor he had increased his stock of
-underclothing, and, having only a gripsack, had invested in a small
-sized trunk, which he found much more convenient.
-
-In the tray of this trunk he had placed his savings bank book. He
-opened the trunk and looked confidently for the book. But to his
-surprise it was not to be found.
-
-“Perhaps I put it in the lower part of the trunk,” he said to himself,
-though he felt sure it had been in the tray. He continued his search,
-but it proved to be vain.
-
-Ben sat down before the open trunk and tried to recall all the
-incidents connected with the last time of opening it. But the more he
-thought the more puzzled he became.
-
-Then it flashed upon him that the book might have been stolen. He went
-at once to the room of his literary friend, Sylvanus Snodgrass, and
-told him of his discovery.
-
-“It has been stolen!” said Sylvanus instantly. “I introduced an
-incident like this into my last serial story for the _Bugle_.”
-
-“But who could have stolen it?” asked Ben, perplexed. “The servant
-wouldn’t do it I am sure.”
-
-“No, she is an honest Swedish girl. She wouldn’t be capable of it.”
-
-“I agree with you, but some one must have taken it from the trunk.”
-
-“Of course! Let me think,” and the novelist leaned his head on his hand
-and wrinkled up his forehead in the throes of mental speculation.
-
-“I have it!” he exclaimed suddenly.
-
-“What! the bank book!”
-
-“No; I begin to understand the mystery.”
-
-Ben regarded him patiently. He knew that Sylvanus would soon impart to
-him his suspicions.
-
-“Last evening I took a walk with Grayson,” said the novelist. “I
-noticed a new and handsome ring upon his finger. I asked him where
-it came from. He said, ‘It was given me by a friend,’ but he spoke
-hesitatingly. ‘It must have cost as much as ten dollars,’ I said.
-‘Fifteen!’ he answered. ‘That is, I saw a ring like it in a shop window
-for fifteen dollars.’
-
-“Depend upon it, Ben, that ring was bought with your money, and George
-Grayson opened your trunk and stole your bank book.”
-
-“I don’t like to think so,” said Ben, troubled.
-
-“I feel sure of it.”
-
-“What would you advise me to do?”
-
-“Go to the bank, give notice of your loss, and find out whether any
-money has been drawn from the bank on your account.”
-
-This seemed to be sensible advice, and Ben acted upon it the next
-morning. Mr. Snodgrass accompanied him to the banking house at the
-junction of Broadway and Sixth Avenue at Thirty-second Street.
-
-Ben went up to one of the windows--the one where the paying teller pays
-over the money--and gave notice of the loss of his book--giving the
-number.
-
-“When did you see the book last?” asked the official.
-
-“Wednesday.”
-
-“And to-day is Friday.”
-
-“I should like to know if any money has been drawn on it?” asked Ben.
-
-The books were referred to, and the answer came, “Forty dollars were
-drawn day before yesterday. Didn’t you sign the order?”
-
-“No.”
-
-The receipt was looked up, and the signature examined.
-
-“Isn’t that your signature?”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“Then it must have been imitated. The resemblance is very close.”
-
-Ben was forced to admit that it was.
-
-At this moment Sylvanus, who had been looking out of the front window,
-came up and said hurriedly, “Grayson is coming, and he has a bank book
-in his hand.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII.
-
-GEORGE GRAYSON COMES TO GRIEF.
-
-
-Ben quickly informed the paying teller of the new arrival, and he and
-Snodgrass took a position on the left hand side of the main entrance,
-where there was a chance of their escaping observation.
-
-Grayson entered the bank with a jaunty step and walked up to the window
-of the paying teller. He did not stop to write a check for the sum he
-wished to withdraw, the check being already drawn and inclosed in the
-book.
-
-According to custom he passed in the book and waited for the money.
-
-The teller eyed him attentively, but did not do so in a manner to
-excite suspicion.
-
-Opening the book he said, “You drew forty dollars yesterday.”
-
-“Yes,” answered Grayson composedly, “I thought that would be all I
-should need, but I am making a little investment, and have drawn
-fifteen dollars more.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-The paying teller took the book and went to the ledger, ostensibly
-to compare the signature with that on the check. At the same time he
-whispered to a young employee, who immediately left the bank to summon
-a policeman.
-
-George Grayson kept his place at the window, looking more cool and
-unconcerned than he would had he known what was going on.
-
-Somehow there seemed to be a good deal of delay in getting the money.
-The paying teller occupied a considerable time in turning over the
-pages of the ledger.
-
-Apparently he had selected the wrong book, for he then went to another
-and began to examine that. Now and then he turned his eyes to the front
-entrance.
-
-Grayson suspected nothing at first, but after a while it occurred to
-him to wonder why he had to wait so long, especially as two other
-persons had come into the bank and were standing behind him waiting for
-their turn.
-
-Thus far he had not discovered Ben and his friend the novelist, but
-chancing to turn his head after a time he caught sight of the two.
-
-Then he understood.
-
-“I must bolt,” he said to himself, and leaving his place he hurried to
-the door. But he met the boy coming up the steps with a policeman.
-
-The boy spoke a word to the officer, who sprang forward and grasped
-Grayson by the arm.
-
-“What do you mean?” demanded Grayson haughtily, assuming a look of
-virtuous innocence.
-
-“Come back into the bank with me,” said the policeman, “and you will
-learn.”
-
-“I am in great haste,” replied Grayson, trying to shake off the
-officer’s hand.
-
-“Not so fast, my friend,” said the officer.
-
-“This is an outrage,” blustered Grayson. “I have committed no wrong.”
-
-“In that case you won’t be detained long. Come in.”
-
-Grayson, much against his will, had to obey.
-
-By this time the bank official had come out in front of the partition.
-
-“This man has forged a draft on the account of another person,” he said.
-
-“Is the owner of the book here?”
-
-The teller indicated Ben.
-
-“This is a conspiracy,” blustered Grayson, but he was slow in meeting
-Ben’s eye.
-
-“Is your name Ben Bruce?” demanded the teller.
-
-“Ye-es,” answered Grayson in a tone of hesitation.
-
-“That’s a lie,” broke in Sylvanus. “He has always represented himself
-as George Grayson.”
-
-“I will take him to the station house,” said the officer, “and depend
-on you to appear as prosecutor.”
-
-These words were addressed to Ben.
-
-Grayson’s face changed. He felt that he was in a tight place.
-
-“Look here, Bruce,” he said insinuatingly, “can’t we fix this thing?
-I’ve got a ring here that I paid twelve dollars for, and I have a few
-dollars in my pocket. I’ll give you them, and agree to pay the balance
-as soon as possible if you’ll let me go.”
-
-“Shall I be allowed to do this?” asked Ben, who felt disposed to be
-lenient.
-
-“It is too late,” said the officer. “I will trouble you to come to the
-station-house with me to make known the charge.”
-
-Ben did so, and matters took their course. After some delay he received
-back the savings-bank book with the ring and about ten dollars. George
-Grayson was sentenced to a term of imprisonment.
-
-Ben pitied him and would gladly have spared him this, but the law was
-inexorable.
-
-[Illustration: Grayson tried to shake off the officer’s hand. “Not so
-fast, my friend,” said the officer.--Page 175. _Ben Bruce._]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII.
-
-A STRANGE ADVENTURE.
-
-
-The summer passed slowly. Business was unusually dull even for this
-time of the year, and Ben’s earnings were proportionately small. Week
-by week he was obliged to draw from his fund in the savings bank until
-he had less than five dollars to his credit there.
-
-He had not written to his mother or to Albert Graham for a considerable
-time, not having any good news to communicate.
-
-How was he coming out? That was the question which he anxiously asked
-himself without obtaining any satisfactory answer. He began to think
-that he might feel compelled to pawn his watch once more, with a very
-remote chance of redeeming it.
-
-It was about this time that he had a surprising adventure. He was
-selling papers at ten o’clock in the morning when suddenly a lady,
-handsomely dressed, stopped opposite him and regarded him attentively.
-
-“Will you have a morning paper, ma’am?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes, I will buy all you have,” was the unexpected answer.
-
-“There are twenty-five cents’ worth,” said Ben, counting them over. It
-occurred to him that the lady was a philanthropist, who took this way
-of helping him.
-
-“Here is a dollar. Never mind the change.”
-
-“Thank you. You are very kind. Will you take the papers, or shall I
-carry them for you?”
-
-“Never mind! Leave them in that doorway, or give them to some other
-newsboy. I want to employ you for a time.”
-
-Tom Hooper happened to be passing, and Ben, considerably to Tom’s
-surprise, went up to him and handed him his papers.
-
-“You can have these papers, Tom. They are a present from this lady.”
-
-Tom accepted them with pleasure, for he felt sure of disposing of
-at least a part of them.
-
-“Now,” said Ben. “I am at your service, madam.”
-
-“Please call a cab.”
-
-Ben complied with the lady’s request.
-
-“Help me in,” she went on, “and get in yourself.”
-
-As the coachman closed the door she said, “Drive to the Fifth Avenue
-Hotel.”
-
-The mysterious lady sat on the back seat and signed to Ben to place
-himself opposite to her.
-
-It began to look queer to Ben. If the lady intended to employ him, it
-seemed odd that she should treat him on such equal terms. However, Ben
-was discreet, and feeling that he would know in time forebore to ask
-questions.
-
-The cab stopped at the side door, or lady’s entrance.
-
-“You may follow me,” said the lady as she paid and dismissed the cab
-driver.
-
-Ben followed the lady up-stairs to a room on the second floor.
-
-The lady opened the door and entered.
-
-“Now sit down,” she said, “and we will have a little conversation.”
-
-Ben seated himself in a large arm-chair and waited for developments.
-The lady sat down opposite him.
-
-“Are you a good actor?” she asked.
-
-“I acted a few weeks at the People’s Theater on the Bowery,” answered
-Ben.
-
-It was the lady’s turn to look surprised.
-
-“Is it possible?” she exclaimed. “You--a newsboy now--have been an
-actor?”
-
-“Yes, madam.”
-
-“I am glad of it. But how do you happen, after such an engagement, to
-be reduced to selling papers in the street?”
-
-“The play had to give place to another, and I lost my engagement. I had
-to live and took up selling papers for want of something better.”
-
-“I want you to play a part in a drama of real life.”
-
-“At what theater, madam?”
-
-“At no theater. You are to personate my son. You are to call me mother,
-and your name will be Edwin Harcourt.”
-
-“But, madam, will any harm come of it?”
-
-“None whatever. You will be aiding the cause of justice.”
-
-“Then I am willing.”
-
-“I have taken the adjoining bedroom for you: go in and put on the suit
-of clothes you will find on the bed. Brush your hair carefully, and try
-to do me credit.”
-
-Ben smiled.
-
-“I will try to do so,” he said.
-
-“Of course I shall see that you are well paid.”
-
-“I have no doubt on that point. But----”
-
-“Ask no more questions now. Dress yourself quickly, as we have a call
-to make.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV.
-
-BEN PLAYS A PART.
-
-
-The suit which Ben had put on was of fine imported cloth, and evidently
-expensive.
-
-It fitted marvelously well as Ben could see for himself. It was better
-than the suit he had purchased in Boston, and which was now half worn.
-
-When he was dressed he stepped into the adjoining room.
-
-Mrs. Harcourt regarded him with evident satisfaction.
-
-“The suit fits you admirably,” she said. “It is very becoming.”
-
-“That is what I don’t understand,” said Ben. “How could you select a
-suit for me before you knew me?”
-
-The lady smiled.
-
-“Suppose I say that I looked for a boy to match the suit? It shows that
-I have a correct eye, does it not?”
-
-“Yes, madam.”
-
-Ben had still to submit to a critical inspection.
-
-“Your shoes need polishing,” the lady said. “Go down below and get a
-shine. You will find a bootblack in the lower part of the hotel. Have
-you change?”
-
-“Yes, madam.”
-
-“Say ‘yes, mother.’ It is as well that you should get used to the name.”
-
-“But I have a mother. Won’t it do as well to call you aunt?”
-
-“No; bear in mind that you are acting. On the stage people are husbands
-and wives, mothers and sons, for the occasion only.”
-
-“All right. I will look upon you as a stage mother then.”
-
-“Yes, but the illusion must be kept--during our engagement.”
-
-“I will remember.”
-
-“Now go down-stairs and come back with better looking shoes.”
-
-Ben went below and had his shoes blacked. When the operation was ended
-he went up-stairs.
-
-He found Mrs. Harcourt dressed for the street.
-
-“Ring the bell, Edwin,” she said, “or rather go down yourself and order
-a cab.”
-
-Ben started a little at the unfamiliar name. Then he smiled as he
-reflected that he was playing a part.
-
-“All right, mother,” he said.
-
-“Good, Edwin. I see you are working into your part.”
-
-In five minutes they were rattling up Fifth Avenue in a cab. The driver,
-who had his instructions, turned into East Fifty-seventh Street, and
-paused in front of a handsome brown stone house.
-
-“Is Mr. Anderson in?” asked the lady.
-
-“Yes, ma’am, but he isn’t feeling well. I don’t know if he can see you.”
-
-“Nonsense!” exclaimed the lady sharply. “Tell him his niece, Maria
-Harcourt, has just arrived from Europe and wishes to see him.”
-
-“Very well, ma’am,” said the girl, overawed, “I’ll tell him.”
-
-She went up-stairs and quickly returned, saying, “He will see you.”
-
-“Of course he will. Edwin, you may stay here until I return, unless you
-are sent for.”
-
-“All right, mother.”
-
-Ben was about to omit the designation “Mother,” but a quick glance from
-Mrs. Harcourt showed that she expected him to use it.
-
-We will follow Mrs. Harcourt up-stairs.
-
-In a room fitted up as a library, sat, or rather reclined, in an
-easy-chair, an old man evidently quite feeble. He essayed to rise, but
-Mrs. Harcourt moving forward rapidly prevented him.
-
-“No, Uncle Henry,” she said, “don’t get up.”
-
-She bent forward and just touched his chin with her lips.
-
-“I am glad to see you, Mamie,” he said. “Have you just returned from
-Europe?”
-
-“Yes, uncle.”
-
-“Have you brought the boy with you?”
-
-“Yes, uncle; he is down-stairs.”
-
-“Didn’t I hear that he was sick with typhoid fever somewhere in--in----”
-
-“Geneva. Yes, uncle, my poor Edwin was very sick, but fortunately he
-recovered and is now the picture of health.”
-
-“Basil was under the impression that he was dead.”
-
-“It was for the interest of Basil to report so, Uncle Henry.”
-
-“I don’t think he had any reason to misrepresent, Maria.”
-
-“If Edwin should die, Basil’s income would be increased by five
-thousand dollars, and the Mordaunts would profit also.”
-
-“True, but----”
-
-“Well, we won’t discuss the matter. I will try to think as well of him
-as I can. The fact is, however, that Edwin is alive and well. If you
-will give me an order on your bankers for the last six months’ income I
-shall be glad.”
-
-“Can I not see the boy?”
-
-“Certainly, Uncle Henry, but promise me not to keep him long, as I have
-to take him to get some clothes.”
-
-“Very well, Maria. I only wish to see him. I don’t feel well enough for
-a prolonged interview.”
-
-“First, then, Uncle Henry, write me a letter to your bankers, asking
-them to pay the boy’s income now due, and you may as well tell them
-to remit regularly without further instructions, as I don’t want to
-trouble you every time.”
-
-“Very well, Maria.”
-
-When this business was over, Mrs. Harcourt went down-stairs, where she
-found Ben waiting patiently for her return.
-
-“Are you tired of waiting, Edwin?” she said playfully.
-
-“Oh no.”
-
-“No, what?”
-
-“Mother,” said Ben a little awkwardly. He had not yet accustomed
-himself to his new part.
-
-“Now, Edwin, listen attentively to what I say. I am going to take you
-up-stairs to see an old gentleman, an uncle of mine, in fact, who is,
-between ourselves, rather feeble in intellect. Whatever he asks you
-answer in such a way as to humor him, otherwise he will become violent.
-For instance he may ask you about traveling in Europe, perhaps about
-being sick. Fall into his humor, and don’t let him suspect that you
-think him queer.”
-
-“All right--mother.”
-
-“Remember, I trust to your discretion.”
-
-“I will do as well as I can. What is the name of the gentleman?”
-
-“Mr. Anderson. I call him my uncle Henry. Now follow me.”
-
-Ben followed Mrs. Harcourt up the broad staircase, and into the
-presence of the frail old gentleman. Mr. Anderson looked up as they
-entered the room and signed for Ben to approach.
-
-“Come here, my boy,” he said. “I have but little eyesight left. I need
-to have you near me.”
-
-Ben approached and stood beside the easy-chair.
-
-“Why, you are looking fine,” said the old man in some surprise. “You
-don’t look as if you had been sick.”
-
-“No, sir.”
-
-“You feel perfectly well, then, in spite of your recent sickness?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“I am very glad. And you enjoyed traveling?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“You are very well grown. I did not expect to find you so large.”
-
-“He has grown rapidly, Uncle Henry,” said Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-“Basil would be glad to see you. He thought you were dead!”
-
-“He looks very much alive, doesn’t he, Uncle Henry?”
-
-“Yes, yes. And so you enjoyed Europe, did you, Edwin?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-Ben felt a little awkward as he said this, but he remembered that the
-old gentleman was feeble-minded and felt that he was justified in
-humoring the delusion.
-
-“Won’t you stay to lunch, Maria?” asked Mr. Anderson.
-
-“I am sorry we can’t do so, uncle, but Edwin and I have some calls to
-make.”
-
-“Where are you staying?”
-
-“At the Fifth Avenue Hotel.”
-
-“I should be glad to have you stay here. The house is large enough.”
-
-“I wouldn’t for the world interfere with your quiet ways, uncle.
-Remember that you are an invalid, and need to have things quiet around
-you. Edwin is a boy of a lively temperament, and he will feel more
-comfortable at the hotel.”
-
-“No doubt you are right, Maria. Shall you stay long in the city?”
-
-“My plans are not formed yet, Uncle Henry, but I will apprise you
-of them when I have made up my mind. And now I must really say good
-morning.”
-
-“Good morning, Maria. Good morning, Edwin.”
-
-Ben shook the old man’s hand, and followed Mrs. Harcourt out of the
-room.
-
-“Well?” said the lady interrogatively. “What do you think of him?”
-
-“He didn’t seem to me feeble-minded.”
-
-“Probably not. He was unduly quiet. He has strange delusions, however.
-Last night he fancied himself to be Christopher Columbus. I don’t know
-if he has got over it yet.”
-
-“He seems to be a very pleasant old man.”
-
-“Yes, he was in a pleasant mood. Perhaps when you next see him it
-may be different. Now let us go to the carriage. I am going to Wall
-Street.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV.
-
-THE MYSTERY DEEPENS.
-
-
-The cab stopped in front of a handsome office building on Wall Street.
-
-Mrs. Harcourt dismissed it.
-
-“I shall have some other calls to make, Edwin,” she said, “and won’t
-take a carriage till I am through. Now let us go up-stairs.
-
-“Remember,” she said, as they were ascending the stairway, “we are for
-the present mother and son.”
-
-“I’ll remember.”
-
-“Should anything be said to you answer as briefly as possible.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-Ben felt puzzled. He did not at all comprehend what was going on, but
-concluded that it was all “in the play.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt opened the door of a large office and entered. Several
-clerks were working behind a counter or partitioned wall, which
-separated the inner from the outer office.
-
-A young man came forward and said politely, “What can I do for you,
-madam?”
-
-“Is Mr. Stormleigh in?”
-
-“Yes, madam.”
-
-“Give him my card.”
-
-“Certainly.”
-
-He returned presently with an invitation to Mrs. Harcourt to follow him.
-
-“Stay here, Edwin, till I return or send for you,” she said, and Ben
-seated himself in a chair near the window.
-
-In the inner office sat a pleasant-looking man of fifty.
-
-“I am glad to see you, Mrs. Harcourt,” he said rising. “Let me see, how
-long is it since we met?”
-
-“Five years.”
-
-“Indeed. You look as young as ever.”
-
-“I am afraid you are a flatterer, Mr. Stormleigh.”
-
-“Your son----” began Mr. Stormleigh in a tone of hesitation.
-
-“My son is in the outer office.”
-
-“What? I heard a rumor that he was dead.”
-
-“And that was probably the reason you did not send me the last
-quarterly income due to me as his guardian?”
-
-“Yes. Of course, if he were dead, it would no longer be due.”
-
-“Thank Providence, the dear boy is in the best of health.”
-
-“I am heartily glad of it. And you brought him with you?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“May I see him?”
-
-“I will call him.”
-
-Ben was summoned, and Mr. Stormleigh regarded him with evident approval.
-
-“Really, Mrs. Harcourt, you have reason to feel proud of such a
-fine-looking boy.”
-
-“Have I not? Edwin, shake hands with Mr. Stormleigh. He is an old
-friend of mine, besides being your trustee.”
-
-“Well, my boy, how old are you?”
-
-“Sixteen.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt looked relieved. The age tallied exactly.
-
-“And now, Edwin,” said the lady, “I won’t detain you. You may go down
-at once to the Fifth Avenue Hotel and await me there. Or, if you want
-two hours for yourself, meet me at the end of that time at my room. I
-am not sure whether you have any money. Here is a ten-dollar bill.”
-
-“Thank you--mother.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt remained fifteen minutes longer, receiving a large check
-from Mr. Stormleigh, which she deposited to her credit in the Park
-National Bank.
-
-“What are your plans, my dear Mrs. Harcourt?” asked the banker. “Shall
-you remain in America?”
-
-“I am not sure. I may go back to Europe, taking Edwin with me.”
-
-“Is he at school?”
-
-“I shall probably place him at school, but my plans are not fully
-formed.”
-
-“He does not appear to have any resemblance to the late Mr. Harcourt.”
-
-“Boys often change in looks as they get older.”
-
-“True.”
-
-“And you have not seen Edwin for several years.”
-
-“And then I only had a glimpse of him.”
-
-“Well, I must really go. I have no doubt you have important business,
-so that you will be glad to get rid of me.”
-
-“I confess that I am quite busy this morning. Call again, however, when
-you have an opportunity.”
-
-Meanwhile Ben went down-stairs, more and more mystified. He thought
-Mrs. Harcourt a very mysterious character.
-
-She had treated him handsomely, however. He had on an elegant suit and
-a ten-dollar bill in his pocket. His life seemed to be entirely changed.
-
-In the morning he had been a Bowery newsboy; now he was boarding at the
-Fifth Avenue Hotel. That reminded him that he must give notice to his
-landlady that he would not sleep in his room at present.
-
-“But how long will this last?” he asked himself.
-
-If only a week he might as well keep the room, as the price was so
-small, and he was in funds. Having no urgent business, he decided to
-walk up Broadway.
-
-He sauntered along, looking in at shop windows, and experienced the
-pleasure of feeling that for the present, at least, he need feel no
-pecuniary anxieties.
-
-About the corner of Bleecker Street he came near running into his
-friend, the eminent novelist, Mr. Sylvanus Snodgrass.
-
-“How are you, Mr. Snodgrass?” he said.
-
-Sylvanus turned, and at the sight of Ben in his elegant new suit he
-opened wide his astonished eyes.
-
-“Is it you, Ben?” he exclaimed.
-
-“No doubt of it, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“When did you obtain that elegant suit? How comes it that you are
-arrayed in purple and fine linen? I didn’t imagine selling newspapers
-on the Bowery paid so well.”
-
-“It doesn’t. This suit was a present.”
-
-“Which one of the Vanderbilts gave it to you?”
-
-“It is a gift from a lady.”
-
-“Is she mashed on you?”
-
-“The lady must be over forty. She has adopted me for the time being. I
-am to call her mother.”
-
-“Doesn’t she want another son?” asked Sylvanus.
-
-“I am afraid you would be too old.”
-
-“Where does she live?”
-
-“Where I do--at the Fifth Avenue Hotel.”
-
-“You are joking, Ben.”
-
-“Not at all. I wish you would tell Mrs. Robinson that I shall not sleep
-at home to-night, but will keep my room for the present, as I don’t
-know how long the arrangement will last.”
-
-“Then you are really staying at the Fifth Avenue?”
-
-“I expect to dine there. My new patroness is in Wall Street, but will
-be back by two o’clock.”
-
-“Do you receive a salary?”
-
-“I don’t know what arrangements I shall make. I received this this
-morning,” and Ben displayed the ten-dollar bill.
-
-“Is it genuine?” asked the novelist.
-
-“It looks all right, doesn’t it?”
-
-“I wish it were mine. I have a story at the _Bugle_ office, but I have
-not as yet received any payment on it. I won’t tell you how little I
-have in my pocketbook, but I can hardly afford to provide myself with a
-lunch, and unluckily I am very hungry.”
-
-“So am I, Mr. Snodgrass, and I can hardly wait till I reach the hotel.
-I will invite you in with me to lunch at the Sinclair House.”
-
-They had by this time reached the corner of Eighth Street, the location
-of a hotel well known to fastidious eaters.
-
-Ben ate only moderately, but Mr. Snodgrass, who had not for a long time
-patronized a restaurant of so high a grade, made an ample meal.
-
-“That does me good,” he said with a sigh of satisfaction as they passed
-into the street. “I wish I could dine here every day.”
-
-“When your genius is recognized like that of Mr. Howells,” suggested
-Ben, “you may be able to do so.”
-
-“It is strange, the infatuation about Howells,” said Sylvanus. “I am
-sure my stories are quite as interesting as his.”
-
-“No doubt they suit the readers of the _Bugle_ better.”
-
-“You are right, and yet he gets his thousands of dollars for a novel,
-while I--but----”
-
-“Better days may be in store for you, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-Ben took a walk with his literary friend, and at the end of the two
-hours reached the hotel just as Mrs. Harcourt drove up in a cab.
-
-“I am quite tired, Edwin,” she said, as Ben helped her out, “but I have
-done a good morning’s work. Go up-stairs and brush your hair, and we
-will go in to lunch.”
-
-When lunch was over she said: “Of course you are not provided with
-suitable underclothing. Go and buy a supply, and stop somewhere and
-purchase a steamer trunk. Don’t buy any cheap articles, but spare no
-expense. As my son you must be suitably dressed. Here are seventy-five
-dollars. Use it as far as it will go, and if necessary you can complete
-your purchases to-morrow. Have everything sent to Edwin Harcourt, Fifth
-Avenue Hotel.”
-
-“Thank you. You are very kind,” said Ben, who felt quite overwhelmed.
-
-“That is all right, Edwin. By the way, it is only fair that I should
-make you an allowance. I will begin next Monday morning. You shall have
-fifteen dollars a week. That is only for spending money. Clothing and
-all necessary articles will be paid for separately.”
-
-Ben tried to thank her, but she appeared to think it unnecessary.
-
-“All that is understood, my son,” she said. “Now I must dismiss you, as
-I am fatigued, and shall lie down to rest. There is another entrance to
-your room. They will give you the key in the office.”
-
-“When do you wish me to return?”
-
-“We will dine at seven. If you are not too tired, you can make your
-purchases this afternoon.”
-
-“I wonder whether this is all a dream,” thought the mystified Ben. “If
-it is I shall be sorry to wake up.”
-
-He drew the roll of bills from his pocket, and this gave him an
-assurance that it was no dream, but a very fortunate reality.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVI.
-
-BEN’S STRANGE PROSPERITY.
-
-
-Ben had been long enough in the city to know where to go for his
-purchases. He laid in a great stock of underclothing of excellent
-quality, and bought a steamer trunk, as instructed by Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-All the articles were sent to the hotel, and in the evening he packed
-the trunk. He did not understand why he was bidden to buy a steamer
-trunk, as those of the ordinary kind were more capacious.
-
-The next morning after breakfast Mrs. Harcourt said suddenly, “Where do
-your friends live? In the city?”
-
-“No; in the country.”
-
-“Have you parents?”
-
-“Yes, a mother and a stepfather.”
-
-“Where do they live?”
-
-“In Wrayburn.”
-
-“Where is that?”
-
-“In New Hampshire, near the Massachusetts line.”
-
-“Do you write to your mother?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Have you written since you met me?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“Then I wish to caution you not to mention our mutual arrangements.”
-
-“Perhaps you had better tell me what to write,” suggested Ben.
-
-“A good thought. You may say that you have fallen in with a lady who is
-disposed to befriend you, and who will provide for you for the present.”
-
-“I will do so.”
-
-“Don’t mention any names, however.”
-
-“Very well.”
-
-Ben would like to have asked why, but did not feel at liberty to do so.
-
-“Are we going to stay here--in New York?” he asked.
-
-“Not long. I can’t tell how long.”
-
-“How am I to spend my time while I am here?”
-
-“As you please. I only exact that you shall be here at meals. Of course
-I don’t want you to get into any scrapes.”
-
-“I can promise that,” said Ben earnestly.
-
-“I believe you. You look like a steady boy.”
-
-“Do you wish me to go anywhere with you this morning?”
-
-“No; you can do as you please.”
-
-“Thank you.”
-
-“By the way, you bought the underclothing yesterday?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I will look at it to see if I approve your choice.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt looked over the trunk, and expressed her satisfaction.
-
-“It is quite right,” she said. “I was afraid you would not buy articles
-of good quality. Your present position is very different from that in
-which I found you, and I wish you to adapt yourself to it.”
-
-Ben went out, and when walking through Union Square he met Mr. Wilkins,
-the dramatic author.
-
-“Is that you, Ben?” asked Wilkins in astonishment.
-
-“I believe so, Mr. Wilkins,” smiled Ben.
-
-“I can hardly believe my eyes. When I last saw you, you were selling
-papers on the Bowery. Now you look like a young prince. Is it possible
-you have found the business so profitable?”
-
-“No, Mr. Wilkins, I have had a stroke of luck.”
-
-“That is easy to see, but of what kind?”
-
-“I have been adopted--for a time at least--by a rich lady.”
-
-“How did that happen?”
-
-“She saw me selling papers on the Bowery only yesterday morning, bought
-them all, took me to the Fifth Avenue Hotel, and gave me the suit I am
-wearing besides a trunk full of underwear. I am boarding there with
-her.”
-
-“That is wonderful. Would it do for me to call?”
-
-“I think not. She wishes me to pass as her son, and doesn’t wish me to
-say much about our arrangements.”
-
-“What plans has she for you?”
-
-“I don’t know yet, but I think we shall leave the city soon.”
-
-“I am glad you are able to give up selling papers. I hoped my play
-would be brought out by this time, but there is a hitch somewhere. I
-should have offered you your old part.”
-
-“And I should have been glad to accept it, but I don’t think I should
-feel at liberty to do so under present circumstances.”
-
-It occurred to Ben that he would visit Prospect Park in Brooklyn.
-Though he had spent some months in New York he had only twice crossed
-the ferry to the large city across the East River. He entered one of
-the Fulton Ferry boats, and pushed through to the second cabin.
-
-Crouching in the corner was a boy about a year younger than himself,
-whose sad face and listless air indicated that he was in some trouble.
-A second glance enabled Ben to identify him as a brother newsboy with
-whom he had a slight acquaintance.
-
-“Is it you, Frank?” he said, taking a seat beside the boy.
-
-Frank Mordaunt gave him a puzzled look.
-
-“I don’t remember you,” he said slowly.
-
-“And yet we have sold papers together,” said Ben with a smile. “Don’t
-you remember Ben Bruce?”
-
-“Are you Ben?” said the boy, eyeing Ben’s fine suit in amazement.
-
-“Yes, Frank.”
-
-“Where’d you get that suit?”
-
-“The fact is, Frank, I have fallen in with a rich lady, who has adopted
-me.”
-
-“When did all this happen?”
-
-“Yesterday morning.”
-
-“Then you don’t sell papers any more?”
-
-“No; I am staying at the Fifth Avenue Hotel.”
-
-“You’re in luck, then?”
-
-“And you look out of luck,” said Ben.
-
-“You are right there. My mother is to be turned out of her rooms
-to-morrow unless I can raise five dollars to pay the rent.”
-
-“Where do you live?”
-
-“In Brooklyn.”
-
-“Have you only a mother?”
-
-“I have a little brother besides. His name is Alvin. He is nine years
-old.”
-
-“And are you the only one of the family that is earning any money?”
-
-“No; my mother takes in sewing, but she can earn but little. I’ll tell
-you how we fell behind. I was sick of a cold two weeks since, and for a
-week I earned nothing.”
-
-“I remember missing you.”
-
-“So that we were not able to save up money for the rent.”
-
-“Won’t your landlord wait?”
-
-“No; he is a hard man. Besides, there is another family wanting our
-rooms, and ready to move in when we move out. But for that he would
-perhaps wait for us.”
-
-“It is pretty hard luck.”
-
-“That’s so. You see we can’t go in anywhere else unless we have the
-rent money in advance. So I don’t know what we shall do.”
-
-“I do.”
-
-Frank Mordaunt looked at Ben inquiringly.
-
-“I am going to supply you with the money. It is five dollars, isn’t it?”
-
-“Do you mean it?” said Frank hopefully.
-
-By way of answer Ben drew from his pocket a five-dollar bill and handed
-it to Frank.
-
-“But, Ben, can you spare this?”
-
-“Yes, easily. The lady who has adopted me gave me ten dollars
-yesterday, and says I shall have a weekly allowance of fifteen dollars
-just for spending money. All my bills will be paid separately.”
-
-“It will be a godsend to us, Ben. How kind you are!”
-
-“I ought to be, as I have been so favored myself. I hope you will see
-better days before long.”
-
-“It may be so. My mother may some day inherit a large sum, in case a
-cousin of mine dies. I would rather he would live, but a small part of
-what we would then have would make us happy now.”
-
-“Give me your address, Frank, and I may write to you when I am away from
-the city.”
-
-“Here it is.”
-
-“I will remember it. Here, take another dollar; I can spare it, and you
-may need it.”
-
-On the Brooklyn side the two boys separated. Ben would have been very
-much surprised had he known that Frank, the poor newsboy whom he had
-befriended, was the nephew of Mrs. Harcourt, his wealthy patroness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVII.
-
-MRS. HARCOURT’S SUDDEN RESOLUTION.
-
-
-“Edwin,” said Mrs. Harcourt at breakfast two days later, “you remember
-the old gentleman at whose house we called the first day you were with
-me?”
-
-“Mr. Anderson? Yes.”
-
-“We are invited to dine there to-day.”
-
-“At what time do you wish to start?”
-
-“I shall not take you. You would find it very tedious, and embarrassing
-also if my uncle should have one of his insane attacks.”
-
-“Very well; I am satisfied to do as you wish.”
-
-“I should prefer to stay away myself but I have no good excuse. You had
-better make an excursion somewhere as my uncle may insist on sending to
-the hotel for you.”
-
-“Very well, I will go to Staten Island. I have never been there.”
-
-In due time Mrs. Harcourt found herself at her uncle’s residence, and
-was ushered into his presence.
-
-The old man received her cordially, but appeared to be looking for some
-one else.
-
-“Where is the boy?” he asked. “Where is Edwin?”
-
-“You must excuse him, uncle. He had a headache, and I sent him on an
-excursion.”
-
-The old man leaned back in apparent disappointment.
-
-“I am sorry,” he said feebly. “The sight of him with youth, and his
-bright face, cheered me up. I wished to see him again.”
-
-“I am really very sorry, uncle.”
-
-“Don’t you think he will come by and by?”
-
-“He may. If he gets rid of his headache.”
-
-“I don’t know why it was that we thought him dead. Basil thought so.”
-
-“Such unfounded rumors get currency, uncle; I should not have been
-surprised if I had been reported dead.”
-
-“I hope that will not be for a long time. You look very well.”
-
-“Yes, I am in excellent health, I am glad to say. By the way, where is
-Basil?”
-
-“He is in Chicago, but I had a letter from him yesterday in which he
-says he will be here next Monday.”
-
-“Does he know I am in the city?” asked Mrs. Harcourt abruptly.
-
-“I wrote him so. He is much pleased to hear that Edwin is alive and
-well, and is anxious to see him.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt’s face changed, but her uncle was short-sighted and he
-did not observe it.
-
-“I shall be glad to see Basil,” she said in a constrained tone. “When
-did you say he would be here?”
-
-“Next Monday.”
-
-“That will come soon.”
-
-“Yes; I shall feel very glad to have Basil back. He is a great deal of
-company for me. He is always kind, always considerate.”
-
-“So he is, uncle.”
-
-Those were Mrs. Harcourt’s words, but there was a sneer upon her face
-which her uncle did not see.
-
-“You had better keep him with you, uncle,” she said.
-
-“I wish I could have you both with me.”
-
-“I am devoted to Edwin, you know. I am anxious to have him well
-educated.”
-
-“And is that why you have remained in Europe so long?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I suppose he can speak both French and German?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“If Basil were here he would like to converse with the boy in French.”
-
-“Does Basil speak French?” asked Mrs. Harcourt, in a tone of something
-like dismay.
-
-“Yes; he has been taking conversational lessons for two years. He could
-read before.”
-
-“What was this for?”
-
-“French is always useful, and he had the time.”
-
-“Yes; I suppose he doesn’t do much law business.”
-
-“He has a small income, and will have more, so that he is in a measure
-independent of his profession.”
-
-“He will have more if my Edwin dies. I hope he is not counting upon
-that. If he does I shall hate him.”
-
-“How can you do Basil such injustice? I was not alluding to that. I
-referred to his expectations from me.”
-
-“That is different. In the course of nature he will survive you.”
-
-“Yes, and by many years, I hope. I shall not forget Edwin either. There
-is something very winning about your son, Maria. Even if there were no
-ties of blood I think I should like him.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt smiled--a peculiar smile.
-
-“You are very kind, uncle,” she said, “but Edwin is very well provided
-for. He has an income of ten thousand dollars.”
-
-“True! I hope he will live long to enjoy it.”
-
-“By the way, where are the Mordaunts? They and Basil would inherit my
-boy’s property if he should unfortunately die.”
-
-“I don’t know. I wish I could get track of them.”
-
-“Where were they when you last heard of them?”
-
-“Living in Springfield, Illinois.”
-
-“How were their circumstances?”
-
-“They were comfortably situated, but had no means, I believe, outside
-of Mr. Mordaunt’s income as a salesman. Basil wrote to a friend in
-Springfield to inquire after them, but he could not find them.”
-
-“Probably if they were poor they would let you know,” suggested Mrs.
-Harcourt with a sneer.
-
-“No; Mrs. Mordaunt was always proud, and I fear would suffer in silence
-rather than let their wants be known.”
-
-About an hour after dinner Mrs. Harcourt signified her intention of
-returning to the hotel.
-
-“Don’t hurry, Maria,” said Mr. Anderson.
-
-“I have some things that require my attention. I will call again soon.”
-
-“When Basil returns I shall send for you and the boy to dine with me.
-Mind, you must bring the boy then at any rate.”
-
-“Oh, yes, without fail. And so Basil will be here next Monday?”
-
-“Yes, that is when I expect him.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt went back to the hotel in a disturbed state of mind.
-
-“Basil must not meet Edwin,” she said in a tone of decision. “He would
-penetrate the imposture. It is not safe for me to stay in New York. I
-must leave the city, and that before Basil returns. Where shall I go?”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt was a woman of energy and decision.
-
-She ordered a cab and drove to the offices of the Cunard steamer.
-
-“What steamer sails next Saturday?” she asked.
-
-“The Etruria.”
-
-“Have you any staterooms left?”
-
-“They were all taken, but this morning we had two returned.”
-
-“I will take them.”
-
-“What names, please?”
-
-“Mrs. M. Harcourt and Edwin Harcourt.”
-
-“Very good.”
-
-“At what hour will it be necessary to embark?”
-
-“At nine in the morning.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt bowed.
-
-“We will be on hand.”
-
-She smiled a satisfied smile as she left the office.
-
-“I don’t think Basil Wentworth will follow us to Europe,” she
-reflected. “It would be dangerous to have him and Edwin meet. By the
-help of this boy, whose appearance does me credit, I shall still be
-able to retain his ten thousand dollars a year. I should be a fool to
-give it up.”
-
-Meanwhile Ben had made his visit to Staten Island. Near the Astor House
-he had met Frank Mordaunt selling papers.
-
-“Good morning, Frank,” he said. “I hope it all came out right--about
-the rent, I mean.”
-
-“Yes, Ben, thanks to your kindness--mother felt very happy when I took
-in the money and she knew there would be no need to move. She wants
-you to come over to supper some evening, if you won’t mind our poor
-accommodations.”
-
-“Don’t forget, Frank, that I am a poor boy myself, or was till I fell
-in with the lady that is taking care of me.”
-
-“What is her name, Ben?”
-
-“Harcourt.”
-
-Frank started.
-
-“We have relations of that name,” he said.
-
-“This lady is rich.”
-
-“So is the one I refer to. However, I suppose it is a common name.”
-
-It was now Thursday.
-
-On Friday afternoon, Mrs. Harcourt said, “I want you to pack up this
-evening, Edwin. We leave this hotel to-morrow morning early.”
-
-“Where do we go--mother?”
-
-“I won’t tell you now, Edwin,” said Mrs. Harcourt playfully. “I want it
-to be a surprise.”
-
-The next morning the cab called at an early hour, and Ben and his
-patroness got in. Mrs. Harcourt instructed the driver where to go in
-a low voice. The door was closed, and they rattled down town through
-Eighth Avenue.
-
-At length they reached the pier, and with some difficulty threaded
-their way through the crowd of vehicles. The stately steamer was
-already alive with passengers and their friends.
-
-“What steamer is that!” asked Ben in excitement.
-
-“It is the Etruria, and in an hour we shall be on our way to Europe,”
-answered Mrs. Harcourt composedly.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVIII.
-
-BEN MAKES SOME TITLED FRIENDS.
-
-
-Ben’s astonishment on discovering that he was starting for Europe was
-extreme. His pleasure was as great.
-
-He had at times fancied that he should like to cross the Atlantic,
-and visit the countries and cities of which he had heard so much,
-but it had never entered his imagination as likely to happen. He was
-surprised that Mrs. Harcourt had said nothing of her intention, but he
-was ready to accept things as they were, and his spirits rose in glad
-anticipation of the delightful experiences that awaited him.
-
-“You look surprised,” said his patroness, after communicating the
-startling news.
-
-“Yes, mother, I am indeed surprised.”
-
-“Are you sorry?”
-
-“No; I think it will be delightful,” said Ben enthusiastically.
-
-Mrs. Harcourt looked pleased. It was important that Ben should be
-satisfied with the arrangements that were made for him.
-
-“Are we going to stay long in Europe?” asked Ben.
-
-“You ask me a question which I cannot answer. My plans I make as I go
-along.”
-
-“Excuse my asking. Of course I am satisfied.”
-
-On a large steamer like the Etruria it is expensive to occupy a whole
-room. Ben found that he had a roommate in the person of a young
-Englishman about nineteen years old. He had a pleasant, good-humored
-face, that invited confidence.
-
-“So we are to be together,” he said. “Well, I am glad of it.”
-
-“Thank you.”
-
-“I feared some disagreeable person would be put with me. I would much
-rather have a boy. If you don’t mind let me know your name.”
-
-Ben was about to give his real name, but thought in time.
-
-“Edwin Harcourt.”
-
-“And are you alone?”
-
-“No; my mother is on board.
-
-“You have not told me your name,” suggested Ben.
-
-“True; there is my card.”
-
-Ben looked at the card, on which he read the name--
-
- HON. CYRIL AUGUSTUS BENTLEY.
-
-“Honorable!” he repeated, puzzled.
-
-Young Bentley smiled.
-
-“You are an American, and you don’t understand,” he said. “I am the
-younger son of the Earl of Bentley, and I have a title, but while in
-America I don’t want to have it known. It seemed to set up a barrier
-between me and young fellows of my age. Besides, you Americans don’t
-believe in titles.”
-
-“Is your father on board?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes, my father and mother both. That is why I require a separate
-stateroom.”
-
-“I suppose you are Lord Cyril,” said Ben, who had read some English
-novels.
-
-“No, indeed. Call me Cyril and I will call you Edwin.”
-
-As he spoke his face was lighted up by such a pleasant smile that Ben
-was very much drawn towards him.
-
-“I shall be glad to feel on such friendly terms,” said Ben.
-
-“Then let us be sworn friends. Have you engaged your place at the
-table?”
-
-“No. This is my first voyage, and I don’t know the customs of the
-ship.”
-
-“Then let me engage seats for us both. I want you next to me. Will your
-mother mind?”
-
-“I don’t think so, but I will speak to her.”
-
-“Do go, and at once, for there is no time to be lost.”
-
-Ben went to Mrs. Harcourt’s stateroom.
-
-“My roommate wants me to sit beside him at the table,” he said. “Do you
-mind?”
-
-“Who is your roommate?”
-
-“There is his card. He is a younger son of the Earl of Bentley.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt was agreeably surprised.
-
-“Is it possible?” she asked. “I heard when I engaged passage that the
-Earl and Countess of Bentley would be on the list of passengers. How
-old is this son?”
-
-“Nineteen. He seems to have taken a liking to me.”
-
-“By all means, sit beside him if he desires it,” said Mrs. Harcourt
-graciously. “I am glad you have so desirable a roommate. You must
-introduce me some time to-day.”
-
-“I will; I am sure you will like him.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt was one of that numerous class of Americans who
-are impressed by a title, and she congratulated herself that her
-newly-found protégé was likely to bring her into acquaintance with the
-privileged classes.
-
-“My mother is quite willing,” said Ben on his return. “She wishes me to
-introduce you to her.”
-
-“I shall be delighted, I am sure. She is awfully kind to give you up to
-me.”
-
-“I am very glad she has, Cyril.”
-
-“We will take care of each other if we are seasick.”
-
-During the day Ben led up his new friend to Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-“Mother,” he said, “let me introduce my roommate, Cyril Bentley.”
-
-“My dear Edwin, you forget his title.”
-
-“At my request, Mrs. Harcourt. I am ever so much obliged to you for
-letting Edwin sit by me.”
-
-“I am delighted, my lord----”
-
-“No, don’t call me that.”
-
-“Shall I call you Cyril, too?” smiled the delighted Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-“Yes, if you will. Will you excuse me now, as Edwin and I are going to
-play shuffleboard?”
-
-“Certainly, but I hope to see you again.”
-
-“Oh, we shall meet often.”
-
-Later on Cyril introduced Ben to the Earl and Countess. The earl
-was rather roughly dressed, as he had been on a visit to the Rocky
-Mountain region. Both he and the countess were pleased with Ben’s
-appearance, and greeted him with kindly cordiality.
-
-“You don’t often meet handsomer boys than Cyril and his young American
-friend,” he said to the Countess. “I am very well pleased that Cyril
-has found such a pleasant companion.”
-
-The next day, much to her gratification, Mrs. Harcourt was introduced
-by Cyril to his father and mother. In rather a fulsome way she
-expressed her pleasure at the intimacy of Cyril with Edwin.
-
-“You have reason to be proud of your son, Mrs. Harcourt,” said the Earl
-politely. “He is a fine-looking boy.”
-
-“Thank you, my lord. You are indeed very kind.”
-
-“Shall you remain in England any length of time?” asked the Countess.
-
-“I may spend a month in London, Lady Bentley.”
-
-“Then,” said the Earl, “let me ask on behalf of Cyril that you will
-allow your son to spend a week at Bentley Hall.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt would have enjoyed being herself invited, but the
-invitation to Ben was the next thing to it, as he was supposed to be
-her son.
-
-“Thank you for the invitation, my lord,” she said. “I am sure Edwin
-will enjoy visiting you.”
-
-Ben’s evident intimacy with Cyril (for the two were quite inseparable)
-made him an object of attention among the other passengers, who paid
-court to him as a stepping-stone to acquaintance with the earl and his
-son.
-
-One day a passenger, a New York merchant, said carelessly to Ben, “Do
-you know there is a striking resemblance between you and a boy who
-played last season in the People’s Theater on the Bowery?”
-
-“Indeed!” said Ben. “What was his name?”
-
-“I don’t remember. Mrs. Vincent, do you remember the name of that young
-actor?”
-
-“It was Ben Bruce,” answered his wife.
-
-“I shall hope to see him act some time,” said Ben, smiling.
-
-“And I too,” added Cyril Bentley.
-
-“Wouldn’t you like just as well to see me act, Cyril?” asked Ben.
-
-“Yes, if you can act.”
-
-“I can try.”
-
-“You may have a chance to do so. We shall have some theatricals at the
-Hall while you are there.”
-
-“I am afraid I am something of a humbug,” thought Ben. “I wonder if
-Cyril would think any the less of me if he knew that I had been a
-newsboy on the Bowery.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIX.
-
-THE MORDAUNT FAMILY.
-
-
-Leaving Ben for a time we will go back to Brooklyn and make the reader
-better acquainted with the family of Frank Mordaunt, the newsboy whom
-Ben had so generously assisted.
-
-Mrs. Mordaunt and her two boys occupied an upper tenement in one of the
-obscure streets of Brooklyn, about a mile from Fulton Ferry. Frank’s
-earnings were their chief dependence, as needlework is poorly paid,
-especially when it is done for one of the cheap clothing houses.
-
-At seven o’clock Frank came home from New York, where he had been
-selling evening papers.
-
-“How much did you make, Frank?” asked Alvin, meeting his older brother
-on the sidewalk.
-
-“Forty-six cents. I didn’t do as well as usual.”
-
-“I wish mother would let me sell papers, too.”
-
-“You are only nine years old, Alvin.”
-
-“I am old enough to sell papers.”
-
-“It is a poor business, Alvin. I hope you will never have to do it.”
-
-By this time Frank had ascended the stairs and had entered the humble
-room occupied by his mother.
-
-“Frank, will you go to the baker’s and get a loaf of bread?”
-
-“Let me go!” said Alvin.
-
-“Very well! Here are ten cents. Now come back directly.”
-
-“Rent day is near at hand,” said Mrs. Mordaunt anxiously.
-
-“Yes, mother, I think we shall be ready.”
-
-“I went to the clothing store to-day, Frank, and they told me that
-business was dull and they might not have any more for me to do for
-about four weeks.”
-
-“Oh, well, we’ll try to get along, mother,” said Frank, with forced
-cheerfulness.
-
-“It is such a contrast to our former way of living,” said his mother
-sadly.
-
-“True. If father had not made such unwise investments we should manage
-very comfortably.”
-
-“Doubtless he acted for the best, as he viewed it.”
-
-“Don’t think I am blaming him, mother. But I’ll tell you what is
-tantalizing. We are heirs to a property of--how much is it?”
-
-“Your cousin Edwin has ten thousand dollars a year. Should he die, this
-is to be divided between Basil Wentworth and our family.”
-
-“I wouldn’t for the world have Edwin die, but if during his life he
-would give us one thousand dollars, or even half that sum, how much it
-would lighten our cares.”
-
-“Yes, Frank,” sighed Mrs. Mordaunt.
-
-“Do you know where Basil is?”
-
-“He may be in New York.”
-
-“And you have an uncle who is rich?”
-
-“Yes; Henry Anderson.”
-
-“They cannot know how poor we are.”
-
-“No, Frank. I shrink from letting them know. I don’t want to be
-considered a beggar.”
-
-“Nor I, mother. Yet if I were in their places and had poor relations, I
-am sure I should want to relieve them.”
-
-“Yes, Frank, but all are not alike. I am afraid we shall receive little
-outside aid.”
-
-Three days later the landlord called for the rent. In spite of all they
-could do they had been unable to make up the necessary amount. It was a
-dollar short.
-
-“Mr. Grubb,” said Mrs. Mordaunt, in a tone of apology, “I can pay you
-within a dollar. If you will kindly----”
-
-“That won’t do, Mrs. Mordaunt,” said the landlord gruffly. “It seems to
-me all my tenants are short this month.”
-
-“I am very sorry, but Frank will call at your office by the middle of
-next week, and give you the balance.”
-
-“But why don’t you pay it now, that is what I want to know.”
-
-“For the simple reason that I have not got it, Mr. Grubb.”
-
-“Then you ought to have it. You appear to be very independent, Mrs.
-Mordaunt.”
-
-“I don’t know what you infer that from. I feel very far from
-independent, I can assure you.”
-
-“That doesn’t pay my rent.”
-
-“I will do as I promised, Mr. Grubb.”
-
-“And I will give you just twenty-four hours to pay the extra dollar in.
-I don’t relish being imposed upon.”
-
-And the landlord, after receiving what the widow had to pay, left the
-room in a huff, slamming the door behind him.
-
-Frank had listened to the colloquy in silent indignation.
-
-“I should like to pitch the man down-stairs,” he said.
-
-“You must neither do nor say anything rash, my son. Remember we
-may need to ask his forbearance to-morrow. I am afraid we can’t get
-together the dollar he requires by that time.”
-
-At this moment the postman’s whistle was heard below.
-
-“Go down, Alvin, and see if there is a letter for us,” said his mother.
-
-Alvin returned in a minute with an envelope in his hand.
-
-“It has a funny stamp on it,” he said.
-
-“Is the letter for me?”
-
-“No; it is for Frank.”
-
-“And mailed in London? It must be from Ben Bruce,” said Frank with
-interest.
-
-He opened the letter, when two pieces of paper slipped out and fell to
-the floor.
-
-Alvin picked them up.
-
-“What is this?” he asked. “See what funny pieces of paper.”
-
-“They are Bank of England pound notes,” said Mrs. Mordaunt joyfully.
-
-“Are they money? What funny money?”
-
-“The two are worth ten dollars. Heaven be thanked! It relieves us from
-our present troubles. What does Ben say?”
-
-This was the letter which Frank read aloud. It was dated at Morley’s
-Hotel.
-
- “DEAR FRANK:
-
- “Well, I have been in London now for three days, and I am
- beginning to enjoy myself. My patroness, or adopted mother,
- as I am instructed to call her, is very kind and provides me
- liberally with pocket money. I will slip into this letter two
- one-pound notes, which I think you will find a use for. Don’t
- think too much of it. All my wants are supplied, and I can
- spare it just as well as not. I haven’t forgotten though I am
- living in luxury now, that I have been a poor newsboy on the
- Bowery, and at times haven’t known where my next rent money was
- coming from.
-
- “You will expect me to tell you something about my voyage.
- Well, it was a very pleasant one, and I wasn’t seasick at all.
- You will be very much su’prised when I tell you that a young
- fellow that shared my stateroom with me is the younger son
- of an English earl--the Earl of Bentley. His name is Cyril
- Augustus Bentley. I must tell you also that I became very well
- acquainted with the Earl and Countess, who were also on board,
- and who appeared to form quite a liking for me. I am even
- invited to visit them at Bentley Hall, and go in about a week
- and a half. Cyril was urgent to have me come, and his parents
- seemed entirely willing to invite me. I presume I shall meet
- a good many people of title there, but I shan’t forget that I
- am an American boy, and have reason to feel proud of my birth.
- I feel quite as much at home with the Earl as I would with an
- American gentleman, and more so than I would with some.
-
- “Of course my adopted mother is quite proud of the attention I
- am receiving from Cyril’s family, and I fancy she would have
- liked to receive an invitation herself. But for some reason the
- invitation was limited to me--I think it is on that account
- that my allowance has been increased, and that’s why I am able
- to send you the two pounds.
-
- “I sometimes ask myself whether it is really Ben Bruce, the
- Bowery newsboy, who is about to be a guest in an earl’s family.
- I am sure that in my case truth is more wonderful than romance.
- I sometimes wander back in thought to my country home, and my
- miserly old stepfather, Jacob Winter, who wanted to bind me
- apprentice to a shoemaker. I don’t think he would believe it if
- I should write about the people I am associating with.
-
- “I don’t know how long my prosperity is going to last, but I
- shall try to save a little money, so that, if I am suddenly
- cast upon the world, I may have a little fund to draw from. I
- must tell you that I have had presented to me an elegant gold
- watch, for which my patroness paid fifty pounds in a crack
- jeweler’s store in Regent Street. The plain silver watch I
- have laid by, and when I go back to America I shall ask your
- acceptance of it, as I believe you have no watch.
-
- “Well, it is getting late, and I am tired. I hope this letter
- will reach you safely, on account of the remittance. After
- finishing this letter I must write a few lines to Cyril.
-
- “Your sincere friend,
- “BEN BRUCE.”
-
-“Ben is a trump, mother,” said Frank, his face aglow.
-
-“He’s a friend worth having. Now we can await Mr. Grubb’s call without
-anxiety.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXX.
-
-BEN’S PROGRESS.
-
-
-Basil Wentworth returned home at the time set. He had been accustomed
-to occupy a room at the house of his uncle, and he repaired there at
-once.
-
-When the first greetings were over, he said, “I am anxious to meet
-Maria and Edwin.”
-
-“I have just received a note from the Fifth Avenue Hotel which I will
-show you. It should have reached me on Saturday.”
-
-It ran thus:
-
- “DEAR UNCLE:
-
- “I have just received news from England that obliges me to
- sail thither at once with Edwin. I am disappointed, as it
- will prevent my meeting Basil, who you told me is expected on
- Monday. Please remember me kindly to him, and tell him that I
- may be able to return to America in a few months, in which case
- I shall of course see him. I should be very lonely if it were
- not for Edwin, though I may place him at school. I am glad to
- say that he has fully recovered from his illness, and as you
- can testify from seeing him, he is now the picture of health.
-
- “I will write you from England.
-
- “Your affectionate niece,
- “MARIA HARCOURT.”
-
-Basil read this letter attentively.
-
-“Maria’s departure seems very sudden,” he said.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Did she mention any affairs that were likely to call her away?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“How often did you see Edwin?”
-
-“She brought him here once. Then I invited them both to dinner, but
-Maria only came. She said Edwin had a headache.”
-
-“What were your impressions of the boy?”
-
-“He was a fine, attractive lad.”
-
-“And looked in perfect health?”
-
-“I never saw a healthier-looking boy.”
-
-“I am greatly disappointed at not meeting him. It is strange that we
-should have heard of his death,” said Basil thoughtfully. “Did Maria
-speak of his sickness?”
-
-“Yes, she said he was very ill, but after his recovery had been better
-than ever before.”
-
-“I’m truly glad to hear it.”
-
-“You are a good man, Basil. The boy’s death would increase your income
-by five thousand dollars.”
-
-“I would rather live on one thousand than have that young life cut off.”
-
-“I believe you, Basil.”
-
-“Maria couldn’t have been in New York more than a week.”
-
-“About a week, I should think.”
-
-“By the way, I wonder what has become of the Mordaunts? Considering the
-fact that they are so nearly related to us, we ought to know more about
-them.”
-
-“I have no idea where they are. As you ascertained they have left their
-western home, but where they have gone I cannot imagine.”
-
-“If Edwin Harcourt had really died, it would have been necessary to
-find them, as they would have been joint heirs with me of my young
-cousin’s property. I hope at least they are comfortable.”
-
-“I think Mr. Mordaunt left a little property.”
-
-Some weeks later when Basil came home in the afternoon, his uncle said:
-
-“Well, I have had a letter from Maria.”
-
-“Indeed! what did she say?”
-
-“You can read the letter. There’s one passage that will surprise you.”
-
-It was this:
-
- “And now, Uncle Henry, I have great news to tell you. Where do
- you think Edwin is? He is the guest of the Earl of Bentley,
- and staying at his country house, Bentley Hall. You must know
- that the Earl and his family were our fellow-passengers on the
- Etruria, and Lord Cyril Bentley occupied the same stateroom
- with Edwin. The young nobleman took a great fancy to my boy,
- and so did the Earl and Countess. They were inseparable
- companions, that is Edwin and Cyril, and when we reached
- England Edwin was invited very cordially to visit Bentley
- Hall. Of course I made him accept, though it will delay my
- educational plans for him somewhat. But it will be quite a
- feather in his cap to get into such high society.
-
- “Edwin seems to have done himself credit there. He consented
- to take part in some private theatricals, and this is what the
- _Morning Post_ of yesterday says: ‘Among the guests of the
- Earl and Countess of Bentley is a young American boy, Edwin
- Harcourt, who has quite distinguished himself by his success in
- private theatricals. We understand that he belongs to a family
- of high social position in America, but should circumstances
- ever make it necessary, he could doubtless win success as an
- actor.’”
-
-“That is quite gratifying, and surprising also,” said Basil. “Edwin,
-as I remember him, was quite a retiring boy, and the last one that I
-should have supposed would make a success as an actor.”
-
-“Boys grow and develop wonderfully,” returned Mr. Anderson. “I can
-imagine that Maria is pleased. She was always ambitious.”
-
-“I don’t know but we are entitled to feel pleased also at the success
-of our young relative. It makes me regret all the more that I did not
-meet him.”
-
-In due time Mrs. Harcourt received letters from Basil and also from her
-uncle, congratulating her on Edwin’s success.
-
-She read them with a smile of exultation.
-
-“All is working well,” she said. “This unknown boy whom I picked up in
-the Bowery is turning out to be a star of the first magnitude. I am
-bound to say that he is doing me more credit than my own poor boy would
-have done. While I can make my relations and trustees believe that
-he is really my own son, I shall be entitled to draw on his behalf
-the annual sum of ten thousand dollars, which would otherwise go to
-Basil and the Mordaunts. How will it all come out? I don’t know, but
-with moderate prudence, and especially if I can keep Basil and the boy
-apart, it may last for years.”
-
-When Ben returned from Bentley Hall Mrs. Harcourt received him with an
-unusual warmth of manner.
-
-“I am proud of you, Edwin,” she said. “You have reflected great credit
-on me as well as yourself. Where did you learn to act?”
-
-“I acted for four weeks at the People’s Theater on the Bowery.”
-
-“Indeed! In what character?”
-
-“As Ted the Newsboy.”
-
-“I see. Do you think any one who saw you on the stage at that time will
-be likely to recognize you, if he meets you here?”
-
-“No, I don’t think so. You see,” Ben continued, with a smile, “I am
-very differently dressed.”
-
-“True. Dress makes a great change.”
-
-“Besides, I pass under a different name.”
-
-“Yes. Let me see, what is your real name?”
-
-“Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Oh, yes! And you say your mother lives in the country?”
-
-“Yes, in a small New Hampshire town.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt seemed pleased to hear this.
-
-“Perhaps you would like to hear my plans,” she said after a pause.
-
-“Yes, mother.”
-
-“I expect to winter in Paris. And, by the way, Edwin, I suppose you
-know nothing of the French language.”
-
-“No.”
-
-“I shall get you a teacher at once, and wish you to go about the city
-also--indeed I shall arrange to have you go with him, in order that you
-may learn to speak French as soon as possible.”
-
-“I should be glad to speak French. I will study hard.”
-
-“That is well. That will gratify me.”
-
-Of course Mrs. Harcourt’s chief idea was to enable Ben, should he ever
-meet Basil, to hold a conversation with him in French, so that there
-should be no suspicion that Ben was not what she represented him.
-
-Ben thoroughly enjoyed his winter in Paris. He seemed to have a special
-taste for languages, for he picked up French with remarkable rapidity,
-and made some progress in German.
-
-“Your son is one marvel, Madam Harcourt,” said Professor Fromont, Ben’s
-instructor. “I nevaire have had a pupil more quick.”
-
-“He speaks French a great deal better than I do, professor.”
-
-“That is not strange, madam. Young pupils always learn much faster than
-their elders.”
-
-“And I, being an old woman, can hardly expect to keep up with my boy.”
-
-“Old!” repeated the polite professor, holding up his hands. “Madam
-hardly looks twenty-five.”
-
-“But as my son is sixteen, I must be rather more than that,” said Mrs.
-Harcourt, well pleased at the compliment, nevertheless.
-
-It was in April that Ben had a surprise. He was coming out of the
-Gallery of the Louvre when he met face to face John Wilkins, the
-dramatic author, in whose play he had first won success as an actor.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXI.
-
-UNWELCOME NEWS.
-
-
-“Ben Bruce!” exclaimed Wilkins in surprise and delight.
-
-“I am glad to meet you, Mr. Wilkins,” said Ben, shaking his hand
-cordially.
-
-“I had lost sight of you. I did not know you were abroad.”
-
-“I have been several months in Paris,” said Ben.
-
-“But how in the world were you able to come? You didn’t make a fortune
-by selling papers, I take it.”
-
-“I must tell you that I have been adopted by a wealthy lady, and my
-name is changed to Edwin Harcourt. Mrs. Harcourt wants my past life
-forgotten, so I will ask you not to allude to it, nor to call me Ben
-Bruce. I am not ashamed of it myself, but as Mrs. Harcourt has been
-kind to me, I don’t wish to annoy her.”
-
-“I understand, Ben, or rather Edwin. I congratulate you on the
-brilliant change in your fortunes. Why, you are dressed like a prince.”
-
-“Mrs. Harcourt is particular about my appearance. But, Mr. Wilkins,
-what brings you across the water?”
-
-“I came to London, hoping to have my last play brought out at some
-English theater, but thus far I have met with no success. If I could
-cast you for your old part, I should have some hope.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Wilkins.”
-
-“I suppose you have not played any in England?”
-
-“Only in private theatricals. Last October I appeared at Bentley Hall.”
-
-“How in the world did you get a chance to appear there?”
-
-“I was a guest at the Hall. The Honorable Cyril Bentley is my intimate
-friend.”
-
-“Well,” ejaculated Wilkins, “the way you have got on is something
-wonderful. Where are you living?”
-
-“At the Grand Hotel. I will invite you to come and see me if you will
-be careful to call me by my new name. And, by the way, I believe the
-Earl has considerable influence among theater managers. I will give you
-a letter to him when you go back to England.”
-
-“I should like nothing better. But I can’t get over my wonder, Ben--I
-beg pardon--at the idea of your hobnobbing with an English earl.”
-
-“I know other noblemen also,” said Ben with a smile. “They are very
-kind and agreeable, but I like an American gentleman just as well.”
-
-The next day Mr. Wilkins called upon Ben at the hotel and was
-introduced to Mrs. Harcourt. As he was circumspect and made no
-embarrassing allusions to Ben’s New York experiences, he was
-courteously received and made a favorable impression.
-
-A French gentleman also called, and Wilkins was considerably impressed
-by hearing Ben converse with him in his own language with easy fluency.
-
-“I hope you had a pleasant voyage, Mr. Wilkins,” said Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-“Very much so, thank you,” replied the dramatist.
-
-“Was the weather good?”
-
-“Not all the time, but I was not seasick. Besides, we had quite an
-agreeable passenger list.”
-
-“Of course that would make a great difference.”
-
-“I was especially pleased with a gentleman from New York--Mr. Basil
-Wentworth.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt’s ready smile froze upon her face.
-
-“Basil Wentworth?” she ejaculated.
-
-“Yes, madam. Is he an acquaintance of yours?”
-
-“Yes, I know him,” answered Mrs. Harcourt slowly. Then she continued
-after a pause. “When did you arrive?”
-
-“A week since. My business was in London, but as I have never before
-been abroad I could not resist the temptation of running over to Paris.”
-
-“Naturally,” she answered, but her attention seemed to be wandering.
-“Do you know where Mr. Wentworth is now?”
-
-“He is still in London, I believe.”
-
-“Did he mention,” she continued with studied carelessness, “what
-business brought him over?”
-
-“I concluded that he came to see Europe. He mentioned one day that this
-was his first European trip.”
-
-“Very likely. Did he expect to come to Paris?”
-
-“Yes; but he is seeing London and its environs first. I think he has a
-friend or relative over here somewhere, and hopes to meet him or her.”
-
-The smiling suavity which Mrs. Harcourt showed in the early part of
-the conversation was gone. It seemed as if some anxiety were disturbing
-her.
-
-But she felt that she had already said more about this Mr. Wentworth
-than was prudent, and dropped the subject.
-
-Mr. Wilkins extended his call to half an hour and then rose to go.
-
-“I would ask you to call again, Mr. Wilkins,” said Mrs. Harcourt, “but
-I am not sure how long we shall remain in Paris.”
-
-“Thank you, but my time is up, and I shall leave for London this
-evening.”
-
-“Where are you staying, Mr. Wilkins?” asked Ben.
-
-“At the Hotel Wagram.”
-
-“I will send round to you the letter to the Earl of Bentley.”
-
-“What letter do you mean, Edwin?” asked Mrs. Harcourt.
-
-“Mr. Wilkins wishes to produce one of his plays in London, and I
-thought the Earl might be of some service to him. You don’t object to
-my writing?”
-
-“Oh, not at all. The Earl thinks a great deal of you,” she added with
-an inflection of pride in her voice.
-
-“By the way, Edwin,” said Mrs. Harcourt after her visitor was gone,
-“does this Mr. Wilkins know something of your past history?”
-
-“Yes, mother.”
-
-“Then request him not to speak of it to any one. I am perhaps foolishly
-sensitive, but I don’t wish any one to suspect that you are not my real
-son.”
-
-“Your wishes shall be respected, mother.”
-
-When Mrs. Harcourt was alone she said to herself: “The danger I have
-anticipated is at hand. How fortunate that I know of Basil’s arrival in
-Europe. He must not meet me or Edwin. He is sharp, and the meeting may
-lead to an exposure of my clever scheme. There is no help for it. Edwin
-and I must leave here at once.”
-
-The next morning Mrs. Harcourt left Paris suddenly, not letting Ben
-know where they were bound.
-
-Two days later Basil Wentworth, who had made inquiries in London and
-obtained directions, reached Paris and presented himself at the Grand
-Hotel, fully expecting to see his cousin.
-
-“Mrs. Harcourt?” said the concierge. “She has gone away.”
-
-“She has gone away! Gone away?” repeated Basil in surprise. “When did
-she start?”
-
-“Two days since--on Tuesday.”
-
-“Where did she go?”
-
-“Pardon, monsieur. I do not know.”
-
-“Did she leave no address, to forward her letters to?”
-
-“No, monsieur.”
-
-“Did her departure seem to be sudden? I mean had she been planning to
-go away at that time?”
-
-“No, monsieur. I never heard her speak of it.”
-
-“And the young man--her son--did she take him with her?”
-
-“Oh, yes, monsieur. Monsieur Edwin is always with her.”
-
-“He is a--pleasant boy? Do you like him?”
-
-“Oh, yes, monsieur. Every one likes Monsieur Edwin. He is _tres
-gentil_.”
-
-“Does he speak French?”
-
-“Oh, yes, he speaks French extremely well--and German, too, but I do
-not know German. I cannot tell whether he speaks it well--not so well,
-I mean, as French. He speaks French better than madam, his mother.”
-
-Basil could not explain why he asked these last questions, but no doubt
-there was a momentary suspicion in his mind that the boy with Mrs.
-Harcourt was not his cousin. The fact that the boy, according to the
-testimony of the concierge, was able to speak French and German, was
-calculated to dissipate any suspicions he might have entertained.
-
-Had Basil known that Mrs. Harcourt was aware of his being in Europe,
-the suspicions would have been revived, but this he did not know, as he
-did not meet Wilkins the dramatist again.
-
-Unable to get any clew to Mrs. Harcourt’s whereabouts, Basil was
-compelled to leave Paris unsatisfied. He left a note with his cousin’s
-bankers, in which he wrote: “I regret very much that I am obliged to
-return to America without seeing you and Edwin, but in the state of my
-uncle’s health I cannot stay longer. I came over on a little business,
-but that was soon accomplished, and I wished incidentally to see
-you--some time, perhaps, I may be more fortunate. Now I can only say
-good-by.”
-
-When some time later Mrs. Harcourt received this letter at Geneva she
-breathed a sigh of relief.
-
-“The danger is over!” she ejaculated. “Thank heaven!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXII.
-
-JACOB WINTER.
-
-
-Leaving Ben for a time, we go back to his old home to inquire how his
-mother and stepfather were faring. Mr. Winter seemed to grow meaner
-as he grew older. His wife often asked herself how she could have
-been so foolish as to marry him. All she had gained by it was a home
-for herself, but her clothing she was obliged to purchase at her own
-expense.
-
-One day Mr. Winter went to her with a smile upon his face. Some one had
-handed him a copy of a New York paper in which an account was given of
-the robbery of an employer by a boy named Bruce.
-
-“You see now what your model boy has come to,” he said triumphantly.
-
-Mrs. Winter read the paragraph carefully.
-
-“That boy isn’t Ben,” she said decisively.
-
-“Oh, no,” sneered Jacob Winter, “of course it isn’t Ben.”
-
-“Certainly not. Don’t you see that the age of this Bruce is given at
-nineteen.”
-
-“No doubt that is a mistake. Mistakes are often made about ages.
-Besides Ben is tall and well grown, and could easily pass for nineteen.”
-
-“Ben isn’t filling any such position as that mentioned.”
-
-“How do you know? When did you hear from him last?”
-
-“Four weeks ago.”
-
-“A good deal may happen in four weeks, Mrs. Winter.”
-
-“That is true, but you won’t make me believe Ben has taken money.”
-
-“None so blind as those that won’t see. I knew no good would ever come
-to Ben when he ran away from a good home.”
-
-“I shan’t borrow any trouble, Mr. Winter. You always were ready to
-believe anything bad of Ben.”
-
-“Just wait and see, Mrs. W. You’ll find out that I am right, before
-long.”
-
-And Mr. Winter with a smile of superiority left the kitchen and went
-out to the barn.
-
-He had hardly gone out when Albert Graham came into the house.
-
-“How do you do, Mrs. Winter?” he said. “Have just heard from Ben.”
-
-“Have you? Oh, I am so glad. Look at this paragraph, Albert, and tell
-me if it is true.”
-
-Albert read attentively the paragraph about the young defaulter.
-
-He said indignantly: “You don’t think that was Ben, do you, Mrs.
-Winter.”
-
-“No, I didn’t think so, but Mr. Winter insists that it was Ben.”
-
-“Then Mr. Winter is mistaken. How could Ben steal money in New York
-when he is in England?”
-
-“What!” ejaculated Mrs. Winter, dropping her rolling-pin on the floor
-in her surprise.
-
-“Look at that letter, Mrs. Winter! You see it is mailed in London.”
-
-“Ben in London!” exclaimed the astonished mother. “How did it happen?”
-
-“I will read you the letter:
-
- “You will be as much surprised to hear that I am in London,
- as I was when I found myself on board the Etruria, and was
- told by Mrs. Harcourt, my patroness, that we were bound for a
- voyage across the Atlantic. She has traveled a good deal in
- Europe, but her start seems very sudden. Well, we had a fine,
- smooth voyage, which I very much enjoyed. I must tell you that
- my most intimate friend on board was the son of an Earl, and
- furthermore that I am invited to make a visit to Bentley Hall,
- the seat of the Earl. When you get this letter I expect to be
- the guest of the Earl. I might feel awkward, like a cat in a
- strange garret, as the saying is, but for my being so intimate
- with Cyril. When I used to read the stories of high life in
- England in some of the New York story-papers, I never imagined
- that it would be my lot to become acquainted with any of the
- English aristocracy, but it has come about.
-
- “I wish you could see me, Albert. I am dressed in the style,
- I assure you, for Mrs. Harcourt, who considers me her adopted
- son, wishes me to do her credit. Still, Albert, I am the
- same boy at heart that I have always been, and nothing would
- please me more than to spend an evening at your house and
- play checkers. I believe you beat me the last game we played
- together. It may interest you to know that I played a game on
- board ship with the Earl of Bentley, and I am glad to say that
- I won. I don’t think his lordship plays as good a game as you.
-
- “Please show this letter to my mother, and say that I will soon
- write her under cover to you.
-
- “Your affectionate friend,
- “BEN BRUCE.”
-
-“There, Mrs. Winter, what do you say to that?” asked Albert.
-
-“Ben is getting on wonderfully,” said his mother. “I can hardly believe
-it. It seems like a romance.”
-
-“At any rate it shows that Ben couldn’t have been stealing in New York.”
-
-“I am thankful for that, though I did not for a moment believe it
-possible.”
-
-At supper time Mrs. Winter seemed so bright and cheerful that her
-husband was not only surprised but annoyed.
-
-“It seems to me, Mrs. W.,” he said, “that you are unusually chipper,
-considerin’ that Ben has got into such a scrape.”
-
-“I told you, Mr. Winter, that I had no faith in the story--that is,
-applied to Ben.”
-
-“You say that, but I have no doubt that you believe it.”
-
-“I have positive proof that Ben did not steal any money in New York.”
-
-“Oho, you have positive proof, have you?” sneered Jacob. “S’posin’ you
-tell me what your proof is.”
-
-“I will, with pleasure. Ben is not in New York.”
-
-“Isn’t in New York, hey? Likely he isn’t. He is probably in Sing Sing.”
-
-“Ben is not in this country.”
-
-“What? Did he escape and go to Canada?”
-
-“No; he is in England.”
-
-Jacob Winter paused as he was raising a cup of tea to his mouth, and
-stared at his wife with open mouth.
-
-“Say that again,” he ejaculated.
-
-“Ben is in England.”
-
-“How do you know?”
-
-“Albert Graham has been over here and told me.”
-
-“That Graham boy has probably lied.”
-
-“He has received a letter from Ben mailed in London.”
-
-“I won’t believe it till I see the letter.”
-
-“Then I will show you the letter,” and Mrs. Winter drew it from the
-pocket of her dress.
-
-Jacob Winter put on his spectacles and read the letter slowly, for he
-was not much of a scholar.
-
-“Do you believe that, Mrs. W.?” he asked when he had finished and laid
-it down on the tea-table.
-
-“Yes. Why shouldn’t I?”
-
-“I don’t believe it. It ain’t probable.”
-
-“I agree with you, Mr. Winter, that it is very strange. Still it is
-possible, and as Ben has written it I believe it.”
-
-“If you want my opinion of it I’ll give it to you right now. I believe
-it’s about the biggest lie I ever read or heard of.”
-
-“Ben doesn’t lie, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“Oh, no, of course not. Well, there’s your letter. When you write to
-him send my respects to the Earl, whatever his name is,” and Mr. Winter
-laughed heartily at what he thought to be a very witty remark.
-
-But Mrs. Winter’s mind was greatly relieved. She fully believed in the
-truth of Ben’s statements, and was glad to think that he was so happily
-situated.
-
-That evening Mr. Winter had a call from a nephew, a man of about
-thirty-five, who had been a rolling stone ever since he had reached
-the age of discretion. Mr. Winter received him coldly, as he was
-apprehensive that Ezra would be asking him for money.
-
-“How have you been a-doin’, Ezra?” he asked cautiously.
-
-“I’ve been doing finely, Uncle Jacob,” replied Ezra in an airy manner.
-
-“You don’t say so,” returned Jacob, considerably surprised. “What kind
-of a business be you in?”
-
-“Mining business, Uncle Jacob.”
-
-“You ain’t diggin’ for gold, be you?”
-
-“No; but I am the agent of some Western mines. I have an office in New
-York. How much money do you think I made last month?”
-
-“I couldn’t say.”
-
-“Six hundred dollars.”
-
-“Do tell! How’d you make it?”
-
-“By selling mining shares. I get a commission. But what I made wasn’t
-a circumstance to what some of my customers made. Why, one man bought
-five hundred shares of stock of me, and in three weeks the stock went
-up four dollars a share. That’s two thousand dollars.”
-
-“You don’t say? Was the stock high priced?”
-
-“Only four dollars a share. It just doubled.”
-
-This was the beginning of a conversation which finally ended in Jacob
-Winter’s giving his nephew an order to buy a thousand dollars’ worth
-of shares in the Muddy Gulch Mining Company of Nevada. The purchase
-represented five hundred shares at two dollars a share.
-
-“You think it’s safe, Ezra?” asked Jacob anxiously.
-
-“Uncle Jacob, you’ll double your money in three months, perhaps in one.
-Give me a power of attorney and I’ll sell for you at the top of the
-market.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIII.
-
-A STARTLING INCIDENT.
-
-
-Though Mrs. Harcourt could have gone back to Paris with safety after
-Basil’s return to New York, she decided to remain in Geneva, and did so
-through the winter. She engaged teachers for Ben, who devoted several
-hours daily to study.
-
-He fully appreciated the advantages which he had been unable to secure
-in Wrayburn, and not knowing how long they might last, made the most of
-them.
-
-He sometimes asked himself why Mrs. Harcourt lavished so much expense
-upon him, and, indeed, why she cared to have him with her; for though
-always kind, she never showed any affection for him. But he was content
-to accept what she chose to bestow, and though he did not love her, he
-felt sincerely grateful.
-
-At the hotel he became acquainted with some American visitors, among
-them General Flint, of Iowa. The general was a typical Western man, of
-rough and ready manners, but a warm heart. He seemed to be especially
-interested in Ben, and invited him on several excursions, including one
-to the Mer de Glace. Mrs. Harcourt had been there in a previous year,
-and did not care to join the party.
-
-“Edwin,” he said one day, “it’s a great pity you are not a poor boy.”
-
-“Why?” asked Ben, smiling.
-
-“Because you would make your way. You have grit.”
-
-“I am glad you judge so favorably of me, General Flint.”
-
-Ben did not venture to tell his companion that he was really a poor
-boy, as Mrs. Harcourt would have been displeased to have it known that
-he was not really her son.
-
-“Were you a poor boy?” asked Ben, after a pause.
-
-“Yes. At your age I had to hustle for a living.”
-
-“You seem to have succeeded.”
-
-“Yes,” answered the general complacently. “I don’t like to boast, but I
-suppose I may be worth not far from half a million dollars.”
-
-“I think I could live on the income of that,” said Ben with a smile.
-“If you don’t mind telling me, how did you make your money?”
-
-“I made the first thousand dollars in the woods; in fact, as a
-woodchopper. Then I bought a considerable tract of woodland, agreeing
-to pay on instalments. I hired men to help me clear it, and became
-quite a lumber king. I have large tracts of land now, which yield me a
-handsome revenue. I shouldn’t like to go through those early days of
-hard work again.”
-
-“I can hardly imagine you chopping down trees, General Flint.”
-
-“Perhaps not, Edwin, but I could do it still,” and the general
-straightened up his tall and slender form. “Why, I’m only fifty-five,
-and there is Gladstone, who is at least twenty years older, makes
-nothing of going out before breakfast and cutting down a tree. Do you
-remember your father, Edwin?”
-
-“Yes,” answered Ben briefly, for he felt that they were getting on
-dangerous ground.
-
-“Your mother seems to be pretty well fixed.”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“No doubt she’s as well off as I am,” suggested the general, who was
-not without his share of American curiosity.
-
-“She never speaks to me of her property,” said Ben, “but we always
-travel in first-class style and put up at the best hotels.”
-
-“So that I am afraid you will never have to hustle for yourself.”
-
-Ben smiled.
-
-“I don’t know. Stranger things have happened,” he answered.
-
-“Well, if it comes, you’ll always have a friend in Obed Flint.
-
-“Do you think your mother would favor a second marriage?” asked the
-general, after a pause.
-
-Ben regarded his companion with surprise, but he had such a
-matter-of-fact manner that he concluded he must be in earnest, strange
-as the question was.
-
-“I don’t know,” he answered. “I never heard her express herself on the
-subject.”
-
-“You see, I am alone in the world. I was married at twenty-two, but my
-wife died before I was twenty-five, leaving neither chick nor child.
-So I have remained unmarried. I have sometimes thought I should like
-to build a fine house in Davenport (that’s where I live) and have a
-stylish woman at the head of it. Now, your mother is very stylish; she
-would do me credit. But perhaps you would object to her marrying again?”
-
-“I should have no right to object, General Flint.”
-
-“I don’t know about that. As an only son you might think it was some
-business of yours. But I’ll say one thing, Edwin--I shouldn’t want any
-of her money. I should be perfectly willing that she should leave it
-all to you.”
-
-“If my mother were to marry again, I would as soon have her marry you,
-as any one.”
-
-“Thank you, my boy,” and the old general clasped the hand of his young
-companion. “I don’t know as I shall do anything about it, but if I see
-the way clear, I may propose.”
-
-About a week later, to Mrs. Harcourt’s intense astonishment, General
-Flint made her a matrimonial offer.
-
-“I don’t want any of your money, ma’am,” he said bluntly. “You can save
-it all for the boy. I’ve got a good fortune myself, and I mean to live
-in fine style.”
-
-“Thank you, General Flint,” said the widow. “I own that I am surprised,
-for I had no idea you had thought of me in any such connection. I
-hope,” she added smiling, “it won’t be a very serious blow to your
-happiness if I say that I should rather remain a widow.”
-
-“No, ma’am, I can’t say it will. When a man is over fifty his heart
-gets a little tough. Still I may say that I admire you very much and
-look upon you as a very stylish woman. I should like to introduce you
-to my friends as Mrs. General Flint.”
-
-“Thank you, general. In refusing your proposal I don’t mind assuring
-you that I am not likely to marry any one else.”
-
-“That’s something. Then you have no personal objection to me?”
-
-“Not at all. I feel very friendly to you. May I ask how you happened to
-think of marrying me?”
-
-“Well, I took a notion to your son, Edwin, first, and then it was
-natural that I should think of his mother.”
-
-“Then I am indebted to Edwin for your offer, general?” said Mrs.
-Harcourt, smiling.
-
-“Well, yes, in a measure. He’s a very fine boy.”
-
-“But you don’t find that he resembles me?”
-
-“No, I can’t see much resemblance.”
-
-“I don’t think there is much.”
-
-“Probably he resembles his father.”
-
-“Very probably. I am not a judge on that point.”
-
-Mrs. Harcourt’s refusal did not alter the friendly relations between
-Ben and the general. They continued to spend considerable time
-together. Mrs. Harcourt was so familiar with Switzerland that she did
-not care to go on many excursions, while he enjoyed them. So he and
-General Flint were often companions, and the latter extended his stay
-in Geneva considerably beyond his original intention.
-
-One day in early June on returning rather late in the afternoon from
-an Alpine jaunt of three days, Ben was received by the servant who
-admitted him with a grave look.
-
-“Madame, your mother, is very sick, Monsieur Edwin,” he said.
-
-Ben was startled.
-
-“What is the matter?”
-
-“She has had a shock, I think the doctor said.”
-
-“Can I see her?”
-
-“Yes, she wishes to see you.”
-
-Ben hastened to Mrs. Harcourt’s chamber. She was lying on the bed,
-looking pale, with the drawn face that suggests a paralytic stroke.
-
-“I am very sorry to see you in this state, mother,” said Ben, in a tone
-of sympathy. “When were you attacked?”
-
-“Yesterday,” said Mrs. Harcourt, speaking with difficulty.
-
-“Are you feeling better now?”
-
-“No, Edwin. I have a presentiment that I shall never be any better.”
-
-“Oh, don’t say that!” exclaimed Ben, really grieved, for the thought of
-all the benefits he had received from this woman, upon whom he had no
-claim, gave rise to a strong feeling of gratitude.
-
-“I don’t think I am mistaken. I don’t think I shall live long. It is
-necessary that I should give you some directions in case of the worst.
-You see my desk upon the table?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“If I am taken away, open it and you will find a sealed letter
-addressed to yourself. You will read it at once, for it contains my
-instructions to you.”
-
-“I will do so, mother.”
-
-For a week Mrs. Harcourt lingered. She seemed to like to have Ben with
-her, and he showed the devotion of a real son. But on the eighth day
-she died very suddenly of heart failure, and Ben found himself alone in
-a strange land with a heavy responsibility laid upon him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIV.
-
-MRS. HARCOURT’S LETTER.
-
-
-It was certainly a trying position in which Ben was placed. He was only
-a boy of sixteen, and he found a man’s responsibility thrown upon him.
-In this juncture General Flint came to his assistance and practically
-took charge of the funeral arrangements.
-
-According to instructions Ben opened the desk of his patroness, and
-found the sealed letter which he opened. It had been written since Mrs.
-Harcourt came to Geneva.
-
-There were parts of it that surprised Ben not a little. The material
-portions are given below.
-
- “Though I am in perfect health, so far as I know, there is a
- presentiment on my mind that I shall not live long. Should any
- sudden end come it is absolutely necessary that you should have
- an explanation of my selecting you as my companion and adopted
- son. I hope that what I may have to say will not entirely
- destroy your regard for me.
-
- “My own son, Edwin, for whom you are named, died about a
- year since and his body lies in Lausanne. I will not dwell
- upon my grief for the death of my only son. That will be
- understood. But apart from this his death brought me pecuniary
- embarrassment. He received by the will of his grandfather
- an income of ten thousand dollars a year, which was at my
- disposal. For myself, I am comparatively poor. I have about
- forty thousand dollars, but the income of this would not be
- adequate to keep up the style and rate of expenditure to which
- I have been accustomed. I was tempted therefore to conceal the
- poor boy’s death. I sailed for New York, and on the Bowery
- I met you. You were of the right age and bore a sufficient
- resemblance to Edwin to enable me to carry on the imposture
- which I planned. You know how I attached you to myself, and
- dressed you so that you might pass for my son. There was danger
- of discovery. For this reason, though I carried you with me to
- the house of my uncle, I only made one call, and relied upon
- his short-sightedness not to discover the deception. As he
- might ask you some embarrassing questions, I warned you that
- his mind was affected, so that they might not give rise to
- any suspicions in your mind, for I feared that you would not
- consent to play the part I designed for you if you thought it
- would be aiding and abetting fraud.
-
- “The person whom I feared most was my cousin Basil Wentworth.
- He was not short-sighted, and he might very possibly remember
- my son Edwin, though he had not seen him for several years.
- Of course I was delighted to find that he was in Chicago. But
- suddenly, while dining at my uncle’s table, I was informed that
- in a few days he would be back in New York. I decided at once
- to go back to Europe, and lest you should object I said nothing
- to you about my plan till we were on the Etruria. After the
- steamer was under way I felt relieved. The danger was passed.
-
- “On learning to know you better I found that I had made
- a fortunate selection. You had the looks and bearing of
- a gentleman and won the favor of all, even those of high
- position, as in the case of the Earl of Bentley and his family.
- I was proud of your social successes, since it reflected credit
- on me, who was supposed to be your mother.
-
- “You remember how suddenly I left Paris. It was because I heard
- that Basil was in London, and likely any day to run over to
- Paris. He would undoubtedly ask you questions which would
- reveal the deception which I had practised. I came to Geneva,
- and finding it an agreeable residence I have remained here.
-
- “Now let me tell you whom I have wronged. The income of my poor
- boy was, at his death, to to be divided equally between Basil
- Wentworth and a cousin who married a man named Mordaunt, and
- was at last accounts residing in Illinois.”
-
-Ben started in surprise. He remembered that Frank Mordaunt had told him
-of his former residence in Illinois.
-
-“Can it be possible,” he asked himself, “that Frank’s family will
-inherit five thousand dollars income when this deception is made known?
-I heartily hope so. It would relieve them from all anxiety.”
-
-Ben was of a generous disposition, and the thought of his own loss did
-not occur to him.
-
- “Should I be taken away, in which case and only then, this
- letter will fall into your hands, I desire as far as possible
- to repair the great wrong which I have done. I therefore ask
- you to telegraph at once to Basil Wentworth that I am dead, and
- request him, if possible, to come immediately to Europe, as
- you are too young to meet the responsibility which would fall
- upon you. It is my desire that the money due to Basil and the
- Mordaunts should be given to them, and the year’s income which
- has been paid to me for you should be paid over by my bankers.
- I have a will in the hands of John Munroe & Co., the Paris
- bankers, and upon the receipt of an order it will be delivered
- to Basil, whom I have designated as my executor.
-
- “And now, Edwin, as I have learned to call you, I will close
- this letter. I have made it as definite as possible. During
- the time you have been with me I have formed an attachment to
- you. I earnestly hope that you may live long and prosper, and
- that you will never regret meeting with the mother of Edwin
- Harcourt.”
-
-There was a certain pathos about this letter, and the tears rose to
-Ben’s eyes. He could not realize that the woman with whom he had been
-constantly associated for nearly a year, was really dead and that he
-would see her no more.
-
-“I suppose we ought to telegraph to Mrs. Harcourt’s relatives,” said
-Ben, referring to General Flint.
-
-“That seems to me the best thing to do, Ben. Do you know where they
-live?”
-
-“Both in New York, and both in the same house. Mr. Anderson is the
-uncle of Mr. Wentworth.”
-
-In the desk Edwin found nearly a thousand dollars, so that he was
-provided with money to pay Mrs. Harcourt’s funeral expenses.
-
-“If there had been any difficulty, Edwin, I would have seen you
-through,” said his friend General Flint. “And that reminds me, your
-adopted mother says nothing of any provision for you.”
-
-“No,” said Ben.
-
-“What will you do if you are left out in the cold?”
-
-“I have about one hundred and fifty dollars saved up from my allowance,
-which has been liberal.”
-
-“That won’t go far.”
-
-“No; but I won’t borrow trouble.”
-
-“There is no occasion to do so. You have a friend in Obed Flint.”
-
-“Thank you,” said Ben gratefully. “If I need a friend there is no one I
-would sooner apply to than you.”
-
-This was the form of telegram which Ben sent to Basil Wentworth:
-
- “Mrs. Harcourt is dead. Will you come on? She instructed me to
- send for you.”
-
-This telegram, after some consideration, Ben signed “Edwin” as he could
-not explain that he had no claim to this name. The explanation would
-come later on.
-
-He received an answer the same day. It ran thus:
-
- “EDWIN HARCOURT:
- “I will sail by the next steamer. Accept my sympathy.
- “BASIL WENTWORTH.”
-
-“You have done all you could, Edwin,” said the general. “There is
-nothing to do but to wait till Mr. Wentworth arrives.”
-
-“Will you stay also?” asked Ben anxiously.
-
-“Yes, my boy. General Obed Flint is not the man to desert a friend when
-he needs him as much as you do.”
-
-Ben also wrote a letter to Frank Mordaunt.
-
- “If you are nearly related to Mrs. Harcourt,” he said, “I think
- you must be the heir to her son, who died more than a year
- since. Mr. Basil Wentworth, who is joint heir with you, is on
- his way to Europe, and will communicate with you. He had lost
- all traces of your family, but I think myself fortunate in
- being able to put him on your track. Hereafter, Frank, you will
- have no money troubles, and no one will rejoice more over your
- good fortune than your friend Ben Bruce.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXV.
-
-BASIL WENTWORTH REACHES GENEVA.
-
-
-Ten days later a servant came to Ben’s room with a card.
-
-It bore the name of Basil Wentworth.
-
-“Show the gentleman up,” he said.
-
-As Basil entered the room, his face wore a look of sympathy.
-
-“My dear Edwin,” he said, “I cannot tell you how much I sympathize with
-you in your sudden bereavement.”
-
-He surveyed Ben with interest and curiosity and was forced to admit
-that he was a most attractive boy.
-
-“You, at any rate look the picture of health,” he said.
-
-“Yes, Mr. Wentworth, but you are under a mistake. My name is not Edwin
-Harcourt, but Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Where then is Edwin?” asked Basil in great surprise.
-
-“He died over a year since. Mrs. Harcourt seems to have adopted me in
-his place.”
-
-“But in that case,” and Basil stopped short, for he did not like to
-speak ill of the dead.
-
-“I know what you would say, Mr. Wentworth, but if any wrong has
-been done it will be repaired. I have a letter here written by Mrs.
-Harcourt, which I opened after her death. It will explain all.”
-
-Basil Wentworth read the letter in silence.
-
-“So far as I am concerned,” he said, “I freely forgive my cousin the
-deception. Of course you had no suspicion of the real state of things.”
-
-“No, Mr. Wentworth. I certainly should not have consented to keep my
-friend Frank Mordaunt and his family out of the money that justly
-belongs to him.”
-
-“Do you know where the Mordaunts are living?” asked Basil eagerly.
-
-“Yes; they live in Brooklyn, and are very poor. Frank sells papers for
-a living, but you know that this is a very poor dependence.”
-
-“But I thought that they had some property.”
-
-“It was lost, by speculation, I think.”
-
-“I will at once send them a hundred dollars, to tide them over till the
-income which belongs to them comes into their hands.”
-
-“I wish you would, Mr. Wentworth,” said Ben earnestly. “They stand in
-great need of it.”
-
-“But Edwin, or rather Ben, you don’t speak of yourself. My cousin’s
-death will be a serious loss to you.”
-
-“Yes, but I think I shall get along.”
-
-“You are young and hopeful. Do you think Mrs. Harcourt has provided for
-you?”
-
-“I know nothing about that. Her will, as she writes, is in the hands of
-her bankers in Paris. She has appointed you her executor.”
-
-“I will be your friend, Ben. I am sure that you have been strictly
-honorable in this matter.”
-
-“I am rich in friends,” said Ben smiling. “General Flint, an American,
-is in the hotel, and he has been of great service to me in arranging
-for the funeral.”
-
-“Were you provided with money sufficient to defray the expenses?”
-
-“Yes; Mrs. Harcourt supplied me with all that was needful.”
-
-“Will you be ready to accompany me to Paris to-morrow? It is desirable
-that I should have your testimony as to my poor cousin’s death.”
-
-“Yes, Mr. Wentworth, I am at your disposal.”
-
-When General Flint learned that Ben was about to leave Geneva for
-Paris, he decided to go too.
-
-“I should feel lonely without you, my lad,” he said. “Besides, you may
-need a friend.”
-
-“I think Mr. Wentworth will be my friend, but I hope to have your
-friendship also.”
-
-This was the letter that Basil Wentworth wrote to his uncle:
-
- “MY DEAR UNCLE:
-
- “I have reached Geneva and found that it was indeed true about
- my poor cousin’s death. I have also had a great surprise.
- Edwin died more than a year since, and the boy who came to
- your house with Maria was only an adopted son whom she had
- put in his place. The boy is a fine, manly fellow, and had no
- idea that he was being used to defeat the ends of justice. So
- far as I remember Edwin, this boy is much his superior, and
- I should be pleased to feel that he was a relative. Perhaps
- Maria has provided for him by will. She left a letter which he
- opened after her death, which revealed to him for the first
- time the object of his adoption. And now comes something truly
- remarkable. This Ben Bruce, for that is his real name, is well
- acquainted with the Mordaunts, who are living in Brooklyn, and
- he speaks very highly of Frank, a boy of his own age, who has
- been reduced to selling papers for a living. I don’t know why
- his mother has steadfastly kept aloof from her relatives in New
- York, but I think it is on account of her pride. I have sent
- them a hundred dollars to tide them over till they come into
- possession of the income which will now fall to them.
-
- “I shall stay as brief a time in Paris as I can, and will then
- sail for New York with Ben. I mean to help him if he is not
- provided for in my cousin’s will.”
-
-On arriving in Paris Basil Wentworth went at once to the banking house
-of John Munroe & Co. and gave notice of Mrs. Harcourt’s death. The will
-was handed to him, and he opened it. He read it through attentively and
-then turned to Ben.
-
-“Ben,” he said, “you are left the sole heir to Mrs. Harcourt’s
-property.”
-
-Ben looked the surprise which he felt.
-
-“I had no idea of this,” he said. “Will it be right for me to accept
-it, not being a relative?”
-
-“Mrs. Harcourt’s relatives are well provided for. They inherit Edwin’s
-income, which was ten thousand dollars a year. I am sure that no one
-will object to your inheritance. I must tell you, however, that my
-poor cousin was by no means rich. Probably she will not leave more than
-forty thousand dollars.”
-
-“That seems a great deal to me, but she wished the last year’s income
-which she received wrongfully for her son to be repaid.”
-
-“That will make ten thousand dollars. My share of that will be half,
-and I will excuse you from paying it. The half that goes to the
-Mordaunts may be repaid.”
-
-“I shall be glad, Mr. Wentworth, if you will act as my guardian. You
-have shown yourself such a generous friend that I am sure I could make
-no better selection.”
-
-“My dear boy,” said Basil warmly, “I will accept the appointment,
-and you may be sure, that I will protect your interests. You are a
-fortunate boy.”
-
-When General Flint was told of Ben’s good luck, he was quite delighted.
-
-“The only regret I have, my lad,” he said, “is that you are now rich,
-and I shall not have the pleasure of helping you.”
-
-“I will take the will for the deed, General Flint. I don’t think you
-would have allowed me to suffer.”
-
-“Not much, my boy. I hope you will come out to Iowa next year and make
-a visit. I shall be glad to show you something of the great West.”
-
-“I will come, general. I shall not soon forget your kindness to me when
-I needed a friend.”
-
-Basil’s letter to Frank Mordaunt arrived at a critical moment. On
-account of some delay in the mail the two letters, Ben’s and Basil
-Wentworth’s, reached them the same day.
-
-Things had gone badly with them. Frank had been laid up for ten days by
-an attack of the grip, and of course his earnings during that time were
-suspended. They had no money laid aside, and the rent was nearly due.
-
-Frank was of a cheerful disposition, but he could not help feeling
-depressed.
-
-“I don’t know how we are coming out, Frank,” said his mother sadly.
-“Life is such a struggle that I don’t derive much pleasure from it.”
-
-“Wait till the clouds roll by, mother,” said Frank with forced gayety.
-
-“They are a long time in rolling by. When did you hear from Ben last?”
-
-“Not for two months.”
-
-At that moment the postman’s whistle was heard, and Alvin ran
-down-stairs to meet him.
-
-“Two letters, mother,” he said. “They are both for Frank.”
-
-“Let me see the address.”
-
-“One is in Ben’s handwriting,” said Frank, and he tore it open.
-
-“Good news, mother!” he exclaimed in excitement. “Our fortune has come.”
-
-“How’s that?”
-
-“Edwin Harcourt died over a year since, and we come into an income of
-five thousand dollars. All your troubles are over, mother.”
-
-“God be thanked, though I am sorry for the poor boy’s death. From whom
-is your other letter?”
-
-By this time Frank had opened it.
-
-To his great delight he found an order on a New York banker for a
-hundred dollars.
-
-“Look at this, mother!” he cried. “One hundred dollars! We shall be
-able to pay the rent now.”
-
-The next morning Mr. Grubb the landlord came in.
-
-“I suppose you can pay the rent, widder?” he said.
-
-“I shall have it this afternoon, Mr. Grubb.”
-
-“That don’t go down,” said Grubb crossly. “Why couldn’t you have it
-this morning?”
-
-“Because my son has gone to New York to cash an order for one hundred
-dollars. That will be enough to pay the rent, won’t it?”
-
-“Is that straight, widder?” asked the landlord incredulously.
-
-“I am not in the habit of telling falsehoods, Mr. Grubb,” said Mrs.
-Mordaunt indignantly.
-
-“Oh, it’s all right. I’ll come around to-morrow. I’m glad you’re so
-prosperous, widder.”
-
-“I don’t think we shall care to occupy your rooms long, Mr. Grubb.”
-
-“I hope you haven’t taken offense, widder. I shall be glad to have
-you stay.”
-
-“We have become rich, Mr. Grubb, and shall want to live in more
-commodious rooms.”
-
-“I have a better tenement near the Park, ma’am.”
-
-“We may look at it, but our plans are not made yet.”
-
-Mr. Grubb left the house with a greatly increased respect for his
-tenants.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVI.
-
-MR. SNODGRASS SUGGESTS AN INVESTMENT.
-
-
-Ben and his guardian had a smooth and pleasant return voyage.
-
-“Do you need any money?” asked Basil when they landed. “As your
-guardian, as well as the executor of Mrs. Harcourt’s estate, I am ready
-to meet any reasonable demands.”
-
-“Thank you, Mr. Wentworth. I have two hundred dollars with me, and this
-will answer for the present.”
-
-“Where do you expect to stay?”
-
-“General Flint insists upon my being his guest at the Fifth Avenue
-Hotel for a week. When he goes back to Iowa I shall find a home in a
-private house.”
-
-The first evening of his return Ben called at Mrs. Robinson’s lodging
-house to see his literary friend Sylvanus Snodgrass.
-
-The novelist was sincerely glad to see him.
-
-“Welcome home, Ben!” he said. “I have missed you a great deal. And how
-is the lady who took you to Europe with her?”
-
-“She is dead, Mr. Snodgrass,” replied Ben gravely.
-
-“And you are thrown upon the world again? Do you propose to go back to
-your old business?”
-
-“No,” answered Ben with a smile. “I don’t think it will be necessary.”
-
-“Did the lady provide for you?”
-
-“She left me nearly forty thousand dollars.”
-
-“Why, you are rich!” exclaimed Sylvanus. “It is truly a romance in real
-life. Would you be willing to have me weave your story into a serial
-for the _Weekly Bugle_?”
-
-“I would a little rather not,” answered Ben. “Mrs. Harcourt has
-relatives, and it might not be agreeable for them.”
-
-“Of course I won’t without your permission. Have you thought how you
-will invest your money?”
-
-“No; I shall leave that to my guardian, Mr. Basil Wentworth.”
-
-“I could suggest an investment that would double, nay treble your
-fortune in five years.”
-
-“What is it?” asked Ben.
-
-“Start a literary weekly, after the style of the _Bugle_. That paper
-pays immensely.”
-
-“But I don’t know anything about the publication of weekly papers.”
-
-“I do. Listen, Ben,” said the novelist with enthusiasm. “You could
-count upon my assistance and co-operation. I would assume the
-editorship, and agree to have a story from my pen running constantly.
-Gloriana Podd would, I am sure, be glad to write for us. I know just
-what the public want, and between ourselves, I think the editor of the
-_Bugle_ is often at fault. If it was in my hands I would make a good
-deal more out of it.”
-
-“I am afraid, Mr. Snodgrass, I should hardly favor such an investment,
-and I am sure my guardian would not. He says he can invest the money so
-as to earn five per cent.”
-
-“What’s five per cent.?” asked Sylvanus scornfully.
-
-“Five per cent. on my legacy will make nearly two thousand dollars a
-year.”
-
-“That is good, of course. I wish I had it, but you might make a good
-deal more by following my advice.”
-
-“I don’t believe in going into any business which I don’t understand,
-Mr. Snodgrass. I hope you have been prosperous while I have been away.”
-
-“Well, I can’t complain. I retain my popularity with American readers,
-but the publishers don’t appreciate me as they should. I recently
-asked the publisher of the _Bugle_ if he wouldn’t give me twenty-five
-dollars more for my serials, but he declined. He intimated,” continued
-Mr. Snodgrass with tragic scorn, “that he could get along without
-me, and could easily supply my place. Did you ever hear of such
-ingratitude?”
-
-“I am afraid he doesn’t appreciate you, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“No, Ben, he doesn’t. I furnish the brains and he furnishes the
-capital. That’s about the way the matter stands.”
-
-“You get enough to do?”
-
-“Well, yes, but the prices are so low, and it costs a good deal to live
-in New York, even in the humble style which I keep up. I am owing Mrs.
-Robinson for two weeks’ rent, and I think she is getting uneasy.”
-
-“How much does it amount to?”
-
-“Six dollars.”
-
-“Here is the money, Mr. Snodgrass. I am glad to be of service to an old
-friend.”
-
-Sylvanus Snodgrass grasped Ben’s hand and the tears came into his eyes,
-for his heart was gentle, though he dealt in the most blood-curdling
-romances. In one of his stories there were no less than fifteen
-murders.
-
-“You are a true friend, Ben,” he said. “I shall always remember your
-kindness.”
-
-“Then let me give you something more to remember. Your suit looks
-rather shabby. If you will order a new one I will pay for it.”
-
-“You overwhelm me, Ben. I own that I am sometimes ashamed to go along
-the street dressed in this unseemly garb. Those who learn who I am must
-be surprised that the well-known novelist, whose name is familiar in
-all parts of the United States, should go so poorly clad. Now I shall
-feel more independent and self-respecting.”
-
-If misfortunes seldom come singly, it sometimes happens, also, with
-strokes of good fortune. The next day Mr. Snodgrass received an order
-for six dime novels from a publisher of that class of fiction, and it
-exhilarated him immensely.
-
-“You see, Ben,” he said, “genius will triumph in the end. This is an
-offer that I never sought. It comes from a new publisher. The editor of
-the _Bugle_ has thought he owned me, but his tyranny is over.”
-
-“I hope you won’t break with him, Mr. Snodgrass.”
-
-“No, I do not wish to injure him, but hereafter he will not monopolize
-me.”
-
-The next day, as Ben was entering the Fifth Avenue Hotel, he met Grant
-Griswold, of the Manhattan Athletic Club, under whose care he had
-originally come to New York.
-
-“How do you do, Mr. Griswold?” said Ben, going up to his old friend and
-offering his hand.
-
-Mr. Griswold looked puzzled.
-
-“I am afraid I don’t remember you,” he said.
-
-“Don’t you remember the boy who came to New York on the same steamer
-with you?”
-
-“Why, yes, it is Ben,” said the clubman, looking pleased. “I have often
-thought of you. And how have you prospered?”
-
-“Famously,” answered Ben with a smile.
-
-“Have you been in New York all the time?”
-
-“I only recently returned from Europe. I spent nearly a year there.”
-
-Mr. Griswold looked surprised.
-
-“You were hardly in a position to make a European trip when I parted
-with you,” he said.
-
-“No, but I attracted the attention of a lady who had lost her son--a
-boy of my age--and she took me in his place.”
-
-“I see, and you are with her.”
-
-“No; she is dead.”
-
-“Ah, I am sorry to hear that. It will make a great difference to you.”
-
-“Not financially. She has provided well for me.”
-
-“I am glad to hear it, Ben. I took a liking to you when I first met
-you. Where are you staying?”
-
-“At this hotel for a week, with my friend, General Flint of Iowa.”
-
-“I am delighted to hear such good news of you, Ben. You certainly did
-well to leave your country home.”
-
-Ben seized the first opportunity after reaching home to write to his
-mother. He did not go into details as to the fortune that had been left
-him, but said that he was very comfortably fixed.
-
-Mrs. Winter wrote in reply almost immediately. Her letter was in part
-as follows:
-
- “Mr. Winter has become more and more difficult to get along
- with. Some relation of his, Ezra Winter, induced him about
- a year since, to go into mining stocks as a speculative
- investment. He has been here several times from Boston, where
- he has an office, and every time I think he has induced Mr.
- Winter to invest more heavily. I have no doubt the investment
- was unwise, and has resulted in considerable losses. I had no
- confidence in this Ezra; he looks sly and unreliable, but he
- influenced Mr. Winter by promises of immense profits. For three
- months Mr. Winter has seemed very much troubled, and a week
- ago he went to Boston to get some information out of Ezra. He
- returned crosser and more querulous than ever. He has begun to
- pinch about household expenses, and insists upon my dispensing
- with a servant, which compels me to work beyond my strength. I
- realize more than ever how unwise I was to marry Jacob Winter,
- but I did so largely on your account. When you see him you will
- be surprised to find how he has aged. Ezra is at the bottom of
- it all. Mr. Winter is so fond of money that his losses have
- weighed upon him heavily.”
-
-After reading this letter Ben decided that he must make an early visit
-to Wrayburn to see his mother.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVII.
-
-FRANK MORDAUNT.
-
-
-Before leaving New York for his return to his old home, Ben took a
-brief trip over to Brooklyn to see his friend Frank Mordaunt. He found
-the family in a cheerful and happy mood.
-
-Frank welcomed him heartily.
-
-“It seems good to see you back, Ben,” he said.
-
-“I suppose you have given up selling papers, Frank,” returned Ben,
-smiling.
-
-“Yes, ever since the wonderful news you sent, and the letter from Mr.
-Wentworth inclosing one hundred dollars. It came just in the nick of
-time. We were on the point of being ejected for not being able to pay
-our rent.”
-
-“You will never have any such trouble again, Frank. Mr. Wentworth has
-sent me over to bring you to his office.”
-
-“Is it really true that we have come into five thousand dollars a year
-income?”
-
-“There is no doubt about it, Frank. You ought to have come into it a year
-ago. I am owing you five thousand dollars back income.”
-
-“You!” exclaimed Frank in great surprise.
-
-“Yes. I am the heir of Mrs. Harcourt, and I am pledged to pay back the
-money which she wrongfully received.”
-
-“I hope you inherited a good sum, Ben.”
-
-“Forty thousand dollars; but out of it I am to pay your back income. It
-will leave me thirty-five thousand dollars, as Mr. Basil Wentworth has
-kindly refused to accept his share.”
-
-“And we will do the same,” said Frank warmly. “We ought to make some
-return for your kindness.”
-
-“But, Frank, it is only fair that I should pay it.”
-
-“We can afford to give it up. Why, with five thousand dollars a year we
-shall feel like millionaires.”
-
-“And with forty thousand dollars I shall be very rich for a Bowery
-newsboy.”
-
-“It will only yield an income of two thousand dollars a year, and we
-shall have five thousand. Say no more, Ben; I will speak to my mother
-and we will arrange matters with Mr. Basil Wentworth. We can afford to
-be as generous as he is.”
-
-To anticipate a little, Mrs. Mordaunt cordially agreed to Frank’s
-proposal and Ben received the entire fortune of his benefactress
-without incumbrance.
-
-On the Fulton ferryboat Frank called attention to a boy sitting near,
-who was dudishly dressed, and appeared to have a very high opinion of
-himself.
-
-“Do you see that boy, Ben?” he asked.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I know him well. He lives only a block from us, but in a much better
-house. He looks down upon me as a poor newsboy, and when he speaks to
-me it is in a tone of lofty condescension.”
-
-“What is his name?”
-
-“Herman Brooks.”
-
-“I suppose he belongs to a rich family.”
-
-“His father earns an income of two thousand dollars a year in the New
-York Custom House, but as he is an only son they are able to give him a
-good supply of pocket money.”
-
-“Probably he will change his opinion of you when he hears of your good
-fortune.”
-
-“No doubt. I think I will speak to him, so that you may have a specimen
-of his manners.”
-
-Frank moved up to the seat next to Herman.
-
-“Good morning, Herman,” he said.
-
-“Oh, it’s you, is it?” said Herman Brooks coldly. “How is the paper
-business nowadays?”
-
-“About the same as usual, I presume, but I am out of it.”
-
-“Oh! I suppose you are looking for a position in some office?”
-
-“I may by and by. By the way, Herman, I see you have a new bicycle?”
-
-“Yes,” answered Herman with some interest, for he felt quite proud of
-his new purchase.
-
-“Do you mind telling me where you bought it?”
-
-“Perhaps you are thinking of buying one,” said Herman, smiling in
-evident amusement.
-
-“I may do so. I always thought I should like a bicycle.”
-
-“You can get one like mine for a hundred and thirty-five dollars.”
-
-“I wouldn’t mind paying that for a good wheel.”
-
-“You must be crazy!” ejaculated Herman, half amused, half angry. “It
-is nonsense for you, a poor newsboy, to talk of buying a bicycle like
-mine.”
-
-“I don’t know why it is, as long as I can pay for it.”
-
-“But you can’t pay for it. You must be crazy, Frank Mordaunt.”
-
-Frank smiled in evident enjoyment of the surprise he was going to give
-his scornful companion.
-
-“Probably you didn’t know of the change in our circumstances,” he said
-quietly.
-
-“What change?”
-
-“By the death of a relative we have come into an income of five
-thousand dollars a year.”
-
-“Is this true?” asked Herman in amazement.
-
-“Entirely so.”
-
-Herman’s face underwent an instant change. If there was anything for
-which he felt respect it was money, and he realized that this hitherto
-despised newsboy was much better off than himself.
-
-“Accept my congratulations,” he said, with suavity. “You are remarkably
-fortunate. If you want to buy a bicycle I will go over to New York any
-time and help you select one. Why won’t you come and spend the evening
-with me soon.”
-
-“Thank you, but I didn’t suppose you would care to entertain a newsboy.”
-
-“You are not a newsboy now. You are a gentleman.”
-
-“Thank you.”
-
-“Who is the young fellow with you?”
-
-“Ben Bruce. He has just returned from spending a year in Europe.”
-
-“I should like to be introduced.”
-
-Smiling inwardly at the sudden change in Herman’s manner, Frank called
-Ben and introduced him to Herman.
-
-“I am glad to meet you, Mr. Bruce,” said Herman. “How did you enjoy
-traveling in Europe?”
-
-“Very much.”
-
-“My father has promised to take me there some time.”
-
-“Probably Frank and I will go together in a year or two.”
-
-This was a sudden thought of Ben, but it will not be surprising if it
-is some time carried into effect.
-
-By this time the boat had reached the New York dock, and the boys
-separated.
-
-“Herman’s opinion of you has changed materially in a short time,” said
-Ben, smiling.
-
-“Yes,” answered Frank, “and it would change back again if I should lose
-my fortune.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVIII.
-
-BEN OVERHEARS AN IMPORTANT CONVERSATION.
-
-
-Two days later found Ben a passenger bound for Boston on one of the
-palatial steamers of the Fall River line.
-
-He looked about him to see if among the eight hundred passengers he
-could recognize any one. He walked through the brilliant saloon and out
-upon the open deck in the rear. There were but few passengers outside,
-as the air was fresh and chill. Ben looked about him carelessly, when
-his gaze was suddenly arrested by one face.
-
-It was not an attractive face, but quite the reverse. There was a sly
-and cunning expression, and a mean, treacherous look about the eyes
-that naturally excited distrust. All this would not have attracted
-Ben’s notice, who had seen many ill-looking faces in his wanderings,
-but there was something familiar in the general appearance of the
-man, some resemblance to a face that he had known. He could not tell
-immediately whom the man resembled, but it came to him after a while.
-
-The man before him, though probably twenty-five years younger, bore a
-strong resemblance to his stepfather, Jacob Winter.
-
-Then the thought occurred to him: “This must be the Ezra Winter who has
-lured Mr. Winter into mining speculations. If it is, he looks just like
-a man who would have no scruple in swindling him.”
-
-Ben next examined the man who was sitting beside the supposed Ezra
-Winter.
-
-He was a man of the same type, evidently--a man with a low forehead
-and small ferret-like eyes. The two seemed to be engaged in a deeply
-interesting and earnest conversation. Ben was curious to learn what
-they were talking about, and did not scruple to sit down as near them
-as possible, in the hope of learning.
-
-“Yes,” said the first man, who was really Ezra Winter, “I have made a
-pretty good thing out of the Muddy Gulch Mining Company. I got in at
-bottom figures, and have sold a large number of shares at ten times
-what I gave for them.”
-
-“Is the stock worth anything, Ezra?”
-
-“Precious little. It looks well--on paper. I have an old uncle up
-in the country--in Wrayburn, New Hampshire, who is in to the extent
-of three thousand dollars. The old man is tight as a file, but I
-humbugged him into thinking I was going to double his money within a
-year, and by degrees I drew him in.
-
-“First he invested a thousand dollars after a hundred questions. That
-was about a year ago. I’ll tell you how I managed to get him in deeper.
-At the end of three months I invented a ten per cent. dividend, paying
-it all out of my own pocket. It paid, for he almost immediately put in
-two thousand dollars more. _There haven’t been any dividends since!_”
-
-“Isn’t he uneasy?”
-
-“I should say so. I get a letter about every week, asking how soon
-there is going to be another dividend. A short time since the old man
-came to Boston to make me a visit. It was the first time he had been
-there since he was thirty years old. I was dismayed when I saw him
-coming, but I pulled myself together and gave him exclusive news of a
-rich find of ore that would carry up the price to twice what he paid
-for it.
-
-“I don’t know whether I quite deceived him or not. He wanted me to sell
-out half his stock, but I told him it would be at a great sacrifice.
-In fact he couldn’t get more than fifty cents a share, but I didn’t
-tell him that. He suggested asking some other broker about it, but that
-would never do. I told him I would keep him apprised of the advance
-in the stock, and would write him every week. So every week I have
-written him an encouraging letter, but I am afraid every day of seeing
-the rusty old man enter the office.”
-
-[Illustration: Ben was curious to know what these two men were talking
-about, so he sat down as near as possible, in the hope of learning
-something.--Page 295. _Ben Bruce._]
-
-“Is he the only customer who gives you trouble?”
-
-“Not by any manner of means. To tell the truth, Barlow, Boston is
-getting too hot to hold me. I have made a pretty good trip to New York,
-and now I am prepared to carry out an old plan of mine.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“In the first place I have been out to Nyack to interview a young
-man of more money than brains, and I have in my pocket a check for
-twenty-five hundred dollars received in return for stock.”
-
-“Good! You’re a sharp one, Ezra. Is it the same old stock?”
-
-“Yes, but the certificates are very handsome. I have ordered some new
-ones. They look fine, as I have already told you. Well, now, I have got
-together about six thousand dollars, and I shall take the next steamer
-for Liverpool.”
-
-“Leaving your victims in the lurch?”
-
-“That’s about the size of it.”
-
-“Ezra, Ezra! I am afraid you are a trifle unprincipled,” said his
-friend in gay remonstrance.
-
-“A man must look out for himself in this world, Barlow.”
-
-“That’s so. You were born smart. I am afraid I wasn’t. Don’t you want a
-private secretary?”
-
-“I may some time,” answered Ezra quite seriously. “If I do, I will
-think of you, Barlow.”
-
-“How long shall you stay abroad?”
-
-“Till this affair blows over. I may be able to do something over there.
-Six thousand dollars won’t last me forever.”
-
-It may be imagined with what interest Ben listened to this
-conversation. It revealed to him the manner in which his stepfather had
-been fleeced. Skinflint as he was, it was his love for money that had
-made him a ready victim to Ezra and his wiles.
-
-Though he had no love for Jacob Winter, he felt that Ezra was far more
-contemptible, and it made his blood boil to think of the cold-blooded
-way in which he had swindled those who had trusted to his plausible
-recommendations of the fraudulent mine which appeared to have no
-intrinsic value.
-
-The two speakers had paid no especial attention to the boy who sat near
-them gazing with apparent absorption into the waters of the Sound.
-
-At length Barlow noticed him and he breathed a word of caution to Ezra.
-
-Ezra looked round, but he did not seem alarmed.
-
-“Bah!” he said, “it’s only a kid.”
-
-“‘Little pitchers have large ears,’” suggested Barlow.
-
-“Even if he has heard anything, he hasn’t understood it.”
-
-“I dare say you are right. A boy of his age isn’t likely to know much
-about business.”
-
-“It’s getting a little chilly. Let us go inside.”
-
-“Very well!” and the two entered the main saloon and sat down to listen
-to the fine music discoursed by the band.
-
-“What ought I to do?” Ben asked himself, when he was left alone. “I
-don’t care much for Jacob Winter, but I don’t like to see him swindled
-in such a barefaced manner. If there is any way in which I can balk the
-scheme I will.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIX.
-
-BEN CONSULTS A LAWYER.
-
-
-How to foil Ezra Winter in his fraudulent schemes Ben could not tell.
-Though he had more experience than most boys of his age he was not
-so familiar with villainy as some boys who have been brought up amid
-different surroundings.
-
-“I must consult some one older and wiser than myself,” he reflected.
-
-Arrived in Boston he grew impatient to start for Wrayburn. It was more
-than a year--about fifteen months--since he had left the quiet town,
-and he felt a strong desire to see his mother. He could have gone a
-considerably longer time without seeing Mr. Winter--indeed he would not
-have mourned much if he knew he should never see him again.
-
-But no boy who has a heart does not feel it throb quicker at the
-thought of his mother. Ben’s mother had always been kind, loving and
-indulgent, and his recent good fortune he valued the more because it
-would enable him to provide for her more liberally than ever before,
-and save her from all future anxiety and hard work.
-
-It was not over seventy miles from Boston to Wrayburn. It had seemed to
-him when he first made the journey a long one, but he had been such a
-traveler in the fifteen months that had elapsed since that it seemed to
-him a very short one.
-
-He looked about him eagerly to see if he could see any familiar form.
-But no Wrayburn man seemed to be returning from Boston. When he was
-fifteen miles from Wrayburn, his heart leaped with pleasure as a
-passenger with a familiar face entered the car.
-
-It was Mr. John Bentham, an elderly lawyer who lived only about half
-a mile from Jacob Winter’s farmhouse, and did what law business was
-required by the people in Wrayburn and the adjoining towns.
-
-Ben rose and went over to the lawyer’s seat.
-
-“How do you do, Mr. Bentham?” he said.
-
-The lawyer lifted his glasses and surveyed Ben at first with a puzzled
-expression.
-
-“Don’t you know me, Mr. Bentham? I am Ben Bruce.”
-
-“Why, so you are! Bless my soul how you have grown! And where have you
-been this long time?”
-
-“Chiefly in New York and Europe.”
-
-“In Europe? How on earth came you to go there?”
-
-“My expenses were paid by a lady who took an interest in me.”
-
-“You seem to have been born under a lucky star. And now you are coming
-back to Wrayburn?”
-
-“Yes, but not to stay. Only to see my mother.”
-
-“Then you don’t think you would enjoy working on the farm again?”
-
-“I am sure I wouldn’t.”
-
-“I hope you are sure of making a living elsewhere. It is better to live
-comfortably on a farm than to live from hand to mouth in a large city.”
-
-“That is true, but I am no longer a green country boy. I am able to
-make my way in New York.”
-
-“I am glad to hear it.”
-
-“Have you seen my mother lately, Mr. Bentham? Is she well?”
-
-“Your mother is not sick, but I can’t say she is looking altogether
-well. She seems rather thin and careworn. Have you heard from her
-lately?”
-
-“Yes, and her letter made me anxious. She says that Mr. Winter is
-getting very irritable and hard to get along with. Of course, that
-wears upon her.”
-
-“I suspect the old man has met with losses, and that has a bad effect
-on his temper.”
-
-“I know he has, Mr. Bentham, and I want to consult you professionally
-on the subject.”
-
-“I am quite at your service, Ben,” said the lawyer, looking rather
-surprised.
-
-Ben proceeded to tell what he had heard on the Fall River boat.
-
-Mr. Bentham listened with interest.
-
-“It is evident,” he said, “that your stepfather’s unprincipled relative
-intends to plunder him, and spread the proceeds of the robbery abroad.”
-
-“Is there any way in which he can be stopped?” asked Ben anxiously.
-
-“Yes, he can be arrested on Mr. Winter’s affidavit that he believes he
-intends to go abroad with property not rightfully his own. Have you any
-idea how much of your stepfather’s money he has secured?”
-
-“Mr. Winter, besides his farm, had about five thousand dollars in cash.
-I think he has managed to get nearly all this into his hands.”
-
-“The loss of this money would nearly kill Jacob Winter.”
-
-“My mother writes that he has very much aged of late.”
-
-“I have noticed that, but of course I did not know the reason.”
-
-“Then you did not know of his speculations?”
-
-“No; he has been very secret about them.”
-
-“Have you seen this young Ezra Winter?”
-
-“If you describe him I will tell you.”
-
-Ben described the man on the boat as well as he could.
-
-“Yes, I have seen him on two or three occasions on his way to Mr.
-Winter’s house. I have not been particularly impressed in his favor.”
-
-“Nor has any one else, I believe.”
-
-They were now approaching Wrayburn, and Ben began to look out of the
-windows eagerly, as the well-remembered localities came in sight.
-
-As Mr. Bentham rose to leave the car he said, “If your stepfather wants
-my assistance,” he said, “you can notify me.”
-
-Ben got out on the platform of the small depot, with his gripsack in
-his hand. He had no sooner set foot on the platform, when a glad voice
-greeted him.
-
-“Why, Ben, is it you come back?”
-
-Turning he saw Albert Graham.
-
-“Yes, Albert, your friend has got back.”
-
-“And you are looking fine.”
-
-“I was never better.”
-
-“You have grown taller. I have tried to, but I don’t think nature
-intended me for a six-footer.”
-
-“How is my mother?”
-
-“She is so as to be about, but I don’t think she is looking as well as
-when you went away.”
-
-“How have you been getting on, Albert?”
-
-“I haven’t made a fortune, but last week I made ten dollars by riding
-at the county fair.”
-
-“Good! I don’t think I shall ever make any money that way.”
-
-“You will make more money in other ways.”
-
-“Yes, Albert, I have been very fortunate.”
-
-“I suppose you have brought home a thousand dollars,” said Albert
-joking.
-
-“A good deal more than that, Albert.”
-
-“Honest Indian?”
-
-“Yes, Albert, it is a sober fact. I’ll tell you all about it later. Now
-I am anxious to get home as soon as I can.”
-
-When Ben reached the Winter farmhouse his mother and his stepfather had
-sat down to dinner. It was a plain boiled dinner, without a pudding,
-for since Jacob’s losses he had begun to pinch on the table.
-
-In a New England farmhouse, whatever the parsimony of the farmer the
-table is not often affected.
-
-“I ain’t got no appetite, Mrs. Winter,” said the farmer with a
-querulous expression. “The dinner don’t taste as good as usual.”
-
-“I think the fault is in you, Mr. Winter,” replied his wife. “Your
-appetite has been very poor lately.”
-
-“I’m on my way to the poorhouse,” said Jacob gloomily. “Things have
-been going very bad.”
-
-“Your crops are as good as usual.”
-
-“I can’t help it. I am poor, Mrs. Winter, dreadfully poor.”
-
-“Well, we will hope that luck will turn.”
-
-At this moment the door of the kitchen where the table was spread was
-thrown open, and Ben, ruddy and glowing, stepped in.
-
-“Why, it’s Ben!” exclaimed Mrs. Winter, her heart overflowing with joy.
-
-Jacob Winter stared in surprise, but said nothing while Ben was
-embracing his mother.
-
-“And how well you are looking, Ben!”
-
-“But you have fallen off, mother. Mr. Winter, I hope you are well.”
-
-Jacob Winter yielded his hand reluctantly to the boy’s proffered grasp.
-
-“We’re very badly off,” he said querulously, “and now you’ve came back
-to live on us.”
-
-“I think I shall be able to pay my way,” said Ben, smiling.
-
-“I don’t believe you’ve got five dollars about you.”
-
-Ben drew a five-dollar bill from his pocket. Mr. Winter looked at it
-longingly. The sight of money always made him feel covetous.
-
-“You owe me as much as that for goin’ away suddenly, and leavin’ me in
-the lurch,” he said.
-
-“Take it, then. You are welcome to it.”
-
-With a look of satisfaction on his rugged face Jacob drew out an
-immense wallet and tucked the bill carefully away.
-
-“You shall have your turn soon, mother,” said Ben, smiling.
-
-“Have you been doin’ well, Ben?” asked Jacob, thawing a little.
-
-“Pretty well, thank you. I can pay my way, Mr. Winter.”
-
-“You’d better stay at home and pay board. I’ll take you for four
-dollars a week.”
-
-“I will think it over, Mr. Winter, but I think business will keep me in
-New York. Who do you suppose came from New York on the boat with me,
-Mr. Winter?”
-
-“I ain’t good at guessin’.”
-
-“Ezra Winter.”
-
-Jacob half rose from the table, and his face grew dark and stern.
-
-“That scoundrel!” he said. “He’s robbed me of my money.”
-
-“He intends to sail for Europe with all the money he can raise.”
-
-Jacob fell back in his chair pale and dismayed.
-
-“And I shall never see my money again!” he murmured.
-
-“Yes; I have consulted Mr. Bentham the lawyer, and he will go to Boston
-with you and have him arrested. He will be over in a hour to talk the
-matter over.”
-
-“I hope I’ll live long enough to see him rottin’ in jail!” said Jacob
-vindictively. “He’s made me a poor man. You’re a smart boy, Ben, and I
-thank you.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XL.
-
-CONCLUSION.
-
-
-Ezra Winter was sitting in his office in the Sears Building in Boston.
-All his plans had been perfected, and he was prepared to reap the fruit
-of his rascality.
-
-He had gathered in between six and seven thousand dollars, and on this
-he calculated that he could enjoy himself abroad for a considerable
-time. Only two days more and he would sail.
-
-While he was indulging in pleasant reflections, there was a knock at
-his office door.
-
-“Come in!” he cried.
-
-The door opened, and Jacob Winter entered, followed by Ben.
-
-Ezra Winter frowned, for his uncle was the last man he wished to see.
-But he reflected that he was a simple old fellow, of whom he would
-easily rid himself.
-
-“Uncle Jacob!” he said. “What brings you to town?”
-
-“I want my money,” replied the old man piteously, “I want the money you
-took from me.”
-
-“Really, Uncle Jacob, I don’t understand you. Your money is well
-invested, and perfectly safe.”
-
-“I want it now.”
-
-“Very good! I will sell out the stock for you, but you will have to
-wait till Monday--the usual day for selling mining stock.”
-
-“That won’t do, Ezry. You are goin’ to Europe on Saturday, and mean to
-take all my money!”
-
-“Who says this?” asked Ezra in great surprise, for he did not know that
-his plan had leaked out.
-
-“I say it,” said Ben.
-
-“You--a mere boy! What do you know of me and my plans?”
-
-“I was a passenger on the Fall River boat Tuesday night, Mr. Ezra
-Winter, and I overheard you detailing your plans to a friend. You
-proposed to carry off the money of your uncle and other customers and
-leave them out in the cold.”
-
-“That’s a lie!” said Ezra hoarsely, but he was frightened.
-
-“It was not a lie.”
-
-“I am not going to Europe on Saturday!”
-
-“No, you are not, for we shall prevent you,” said Ben firmly.
-
-“You, a half-grown boy!” rejoined Ezra contemptuously.
-
-“No matter what I am. Your uncle wants his money, and must have it.”
-
-Ezra leaned back in his chair and looked at his visitors with an
-impudent smile.
-
-“Well, he can’t have it.”
-
-Ben went to the door and exchanged a word with some one.
-
-Mr. Bentham, the lawyer, entered followed by a policeman.
-
-“Mr. Winter,” said Bentham, “I hold a warrant for your arrest on
-account of intended fraud. I may or may not have it served, but my
-client here, your uncle, must have his money, or you go from here to
-the station-house.”
-
-At last Ezra was conquered. He was a coward at heart and he dreaded the
-law.
-
-“Perhaps we can arrange this matter, gentlemen,” he said.
-
-In half an hour Jacob Winter left the office with two thousand, five
-hundred dollars. Mr. Bentham recommended him to accept it as the best
-settlement possible.
-
-Ezra breathed a sigh of relief. He would still have four thousand
-dollars of his dishonest accumulations.
-
-But he reckoned without his host.
-
-As the party were leaving the office one of Ezra’s customers saw them
-and his suspicions were excited. He made some inquiries and it led to
-his obtaining an order of arrest, so that Ezra, instead of sailing for
-Europe on Saturday, passed that day in a police station.
-
-He managed to escape trial and conviction by agreeing to surrender his
-ill-gotten gains, and then disappeared from the scene. He is understood
-to be in Montreal, but his days of prosperity are gone by.
-
-Jacob Winter went back to Wrayburn, but his system had received a
-shock, and in about a year he died. His property went to relatives,
-his wife at Ben’s request declining to accept anything beyond the two
-thousand dollars which she had when she married him.
-
-Ben went back to New York, and after a year spent in study accepted a
-position in a large commercial house, in which he may some time own an
-interest.
-
-Mr. Sylvanus Snodgrass is still electrifying the readers of the _Weekly
-Bugle_ by his startling romances. Mr. Cornelius Clyde, the poet, still
-sticks to his business as a barber, as he finds that his poetry brings
-him fame, but not money. Gloriana Podd’s name still appears in the
-Poet’s Corner of weekly papers and magazines.
-
-Ben, remembering his friends, has obtained a good position for Albert
-Graham, and his cousin Adelbert frequently visits him.
-
-Last year Ben went to England and visited his friend, Cyril Bentley,
-at Bentley Hall. But he is a true American, and much as he may like
-individual Englishmen he will never become an Anglicized American.
-
-He keeps up the most friendly relations with Frank Mordaunt, who is now
-a student at Columbia College, having a natural taste for study. So the
-future looks bright for him, and those who have read his story will
-agree that he really deserves his prosperity.
-
-
-THE END.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Note:
-
-The cover image has been created by the transcriber and placed in the
-public domain.
-
-Punctuation has been standardised. Spelling and hyphenation have been
-retained as they appear in the original publication except as follows:
-
- Page iii
- BEN MAKES HIS DEBUT _changed to_
- BEN MAKES HIS DÉBUT
-
- Page iv
- UNWELCOME HOME _changed to_
- UNWELCOME NEWS
-
- Page 21
- he counted “Ninty-six, ninety-seven _changed to_
- he counted “Ninety-six, ninety-seven
-
- Page 23
- with the energy of depair _changed to_
- with the energy of despair
-
- Page 24
- the preseace of the boys _changed to_
- the presence of the boys
-
- Page 64
- folks will be suprised when _changed to_
- folks will be su’prised when
-
- Page 118
- wouldn’t be suprised if you knew _changed to_
- wouldn’t be su’prised if you knew
-
- Page 123
- pass over the spondulicks _changed to_
- Pass over the spondulicks
-
- Page 127
- Ain’t you workin now _changed to_
- Ain’t you workin’ now
-
- Page 136
- ‘conquering a peace,’” he he reflected _changed to_
- ‘conquering a peace,’” he reflected
-
- Page 145
- “You don’t say!” ejeculated Tom _changed to_
- “You don’t say!” ejaculated Tom
-
- Page 170
- she is an honest Sweedish girl _changed to_
- she is an honest Swedish girl
-
- Page 172
- came up and said hurridly _changed to_
- came up and said hurriedly
-
- Page 178
- and handed him his paper _changed to_
- and handed him his papers
-
- disposing of a least a part _changed to_
- disposing of at least a part
-
- Page 183
- turned into East Fifty-Seventh Street _changed to_
- turned into East Fifty-seventh Street
-
- Page 191
- Here is a ten-doldar bill _changed to_
- Here is a ten-dollar bill
-
- Page 193
- Syvanus turned, and at the sight _changed to_
- Sylvanus turned, and at the sight
-
- Page 204
- Give me you address, Frank _changed to_
- Give me your address, Frank
-
- Page 213
- Don t forgot, Frank, that I am a poor boy _changed to_
- Don’t forget, Frank, that I am a poor boy
-
- Page 228
- much suprised when I tell _changed to_
- much su’prised when I tell
-
- Page 279
- I I shall be glad to _changed to_
- I shall be glad to
-
- Page 281
- That paper says immensely _changed to_
- That paper pays immensely
-
- Page 288
- There is no doubt about it, Ben _changed to_
- There is no doubt about it, Frank
-
- Page 300
- considerable longer time without seeing _changed to_
- considerably longer time without seeing
-
- Page 301
- passenger with a famiiar face _changed to_
- passenger with a familiar face
-
- Page 313
- Ben went went to England _changed to_
- Ben went to England
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Ben Bruce, by Horatio Alger
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEN BRUCE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 60970-0.txt or 60970-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/9/7/60970/
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Sue Clark, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-